Infiniti G37 2009 Service Manual – Emission Control System (Section EC) [PDF] | ManualsExpert
Infiniti G37 2009 Service Manual - Emission Control System (Section EC) - Google Drive
Infiniti G series Repair Manual Wiring Diagram - Wiring Diagrams
ENGINE
EC A
SECTION
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
D
CONTENTS
E
VQ37VHR
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION
F
LEARNING ................................................................18
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 9 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ......... 9
LEARNING : Description ........................................18 G ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION
Work Flow ................................................................9
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .............18
Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 12
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARN-
H
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ...................13 ING ............................................................................18
BASIC INSPECTION ................................................ 13 BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement ....................................................................... 13
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING : Description ........................................18 I THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .............18
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) ............................................ 16
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description .................... 16 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...............................19 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description ........19 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ...........................................................19
J K
CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Require-
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AD-
ment ....................................................................... 16 JUSTMENT ...............................................................20
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) ....... 17
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) :
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
L
ADJUSTMENT : Description ..................................21
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement .......21 M
Description ............................................................. 17 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CLEAR ......................................................................22
CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) :
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
N
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 17
CLEAR : Description ...............................................22
IDLE SPEED ............................................................. 17 IDLE SPEED : Description ..................................... 17
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement ....................22 O
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement ..........17 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................24
IGNITION TIMING ..................................................... 17 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ..........................24 P
IGNITION TIMING : Description ............................. 17
System Diagram ....................................................24
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement.... 17
System Description .................................................25
VIN REGISTRATION ................................................ 18 VIN REGISTRATION : Description ........................ 18
Component Parts Location .....................................25 Component Description ..........................................32
VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement ....................................................................... 18
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .......34
Revision: 2009 October
EC-1
2009 G37 Sedan
System Diagram ................................................... 34 System Description ................................................ 34 Component Parts Location .................................... 37 Component Description ......................................... 44
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ........................ 45
System Diagram ................................................... 45 System Description ................................................ 45 Component Parts Location .................................... 46 Component Description ......................................... 53
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............. 54
System Diagram .................................................... 54 System Description ................................................ 54 Component Parts Location .................................... 55 Component Description ......................................... 62
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) .............................................................. 63
System Diagram .................................................... 63 System Description ................................................ 63 Component Parts Location .................................... 65 Component Description ........................................ 72
CAN COMMUNICATION .................................. 73
System Description ................................................ 73
COOLING FAN CONTROL .............................. 74
System Diagram .................................................... 74 System Description ................................................ 74 Component Parts Location .................................... 75 Component Description ......................................... 82
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 83
System Diagram .................................................... 83 System Description ................................................ 83 Component Parts Location .................................... 86 Component Description ........................................ 93
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ................ 94
System Diagram .................................................... 94 System Description ................................................ 94 Component Parts Location .................................... 95 Component Description ........................................102
VVEL SYSTEM ............................................... 103
System Diagram ..................................................103 System Description ...............................................103 Component Parts Location ...................................104 Component Description ........................................111
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 112
Diagnosis Description ...........................................112 CONSULT-III Function .........................................125 Diagnosis Tool Function .....................................134
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .......................137
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................ 137
Description ............................................................137
Component Function Check ................................ 137 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 138
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ...145
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 145
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ..........................148
Description ........................................................... 148 DTC Logic ............................................................ 148 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 148
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .............149
Description ........................................................... 149 DTC Logic ............................................................ 149 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 149
U0164 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ..........................151
Description ........................................................... 151 DTC Logic ............................................................ 151 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 151
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ..........................152
Description ........................................................... 152 DTC Logic ............................................................ 152 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 152
U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ..........................153
Description ........................................................... 153 DTC Logic ............................................................ 153 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 153
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .........................155
DTC Logic ............................................................ 155 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 156 Component Inspection ......................................... 157
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ..........................................................159
Description ........................................................... 159 DTC Logic ............................................................ 159 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 160 Component Inspection ......................................... 161
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER ....................................................................162
Description ........................................................... 162 DTC Logic ............................................................ 162 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 163 Component Inspection ......................................... 164
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................................................165
Description ........................................................... 165 DTC Logic ............................................................ 165 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 165 Component Inspection ......................................... 166
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR .........................168
Description ........................................................... 168 DTC Logic ............................................................ 168 Component Function Check ................................ 170
Revision: 2009 October
EC-2
2009 G37 Sedan
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 170 Component Inspection ......................................... 172
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR.. 176
Description ........................................................... 176 DTC Logic ............................................................ 176 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 177 Component Inspection ......................................... 178
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR .......................................................... 182
Description ........................................................... 182 DTC Logic ............................................................ 182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 182 Component Inspection ......................................... 183
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 186
Description ........................................................... 186 DTC Logic ............................................................ 186 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 187 Component Inspection ......................................... 187
P0116 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 189
Description ........................................................... 189 DTC Logic ............................................................ 189 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 190 Component Inspection ......................................... 190
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 191
Description ........................................................... 191 DTC Logic ............................................................ 191 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 192 Component Inspection ......................................... 192
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR .... 194
Description ........................................................... 194 DTC Logic ............................................................ 194 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 195 Component Inspection ......................................... 196 Special Repair Requirement ................................ 196
P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 198
Description ........................................................... 198 DTC Logic ............................................................ 198 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 199 Component Inspection ......................................... 199
P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 201
Description ........................................................... 201 DTC Logic ............................................................ 201 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 202 Component Inspection ......................................... 202
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 203
DTC Logic ............................................................ 203 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 203 Component Inspection ......................................... 204
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 205
Description ........................................................... 205 DTC Logic ............................................................ 205
Component Function Check .................................207 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................207 A
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 209
Description ............................................................209 DTC Logic .............................................................209 EC Diagnosis Procedure ............................................210
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 212 C
Description ............................................................212 DTC Logic .............................................................212 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................213 D
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 215
Description ............................................................215 DTC Logic .............................................................215 E Diagnosis Procedure ............................................217
P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ..................................... 220
Description ............................................................220 F DTC Logic .............................................................220 Component Function Check .................................221 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................222 G Component Inspection ..........................................224
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 226
Description ............................................................226
H
DTC Logic .............................................................226
Component Function Check .................................228 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................229 I
Component Inspection ..........................................232
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 234 J
Description ............................................................234 DTC Logic .............................................................234 Component Function Check .................................235 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................236 K Component Inspection ..........................................238
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
L
FUNCTION ...................................................... 240
DTC Logic .............................................................240
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................241 M
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...................................................... 244
DTC Logic .............................................................244 N Diagnosis Procedure ............................................245
P0181 FTT SENSOR ....................................... 248
Description ............................................................248
O
DTC Logic .............................................................248
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................249 Component Inspection ..........................................250 P
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 251
Description ............................................................251 DTC Logic .............................................................251 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................251 Component Inspection ..........................................253
Revision: 2009 October
EC-3
2009 G37 Sedan
P0196 EOT SENSOR ..................................... 254
Description ............................................................254 DTC Logic .............................................................254 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................255 Component Inspection ..........................................256
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 257
Description ............................................................257 DTC Logic .............................................................257 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................258 Component Inspection ..........................................258
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR ... 260
Description ............................................................260 DTC Logic .............................................................260 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................261 Component Inspection ..........................................262 Special Repair Requirement .................................262
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE .............................................. 264
DTC Logic .............................................................264 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................265
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ................... 270
Description ............................................................270 DTC Logic .............................................................270 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................270 Component Inspection ..........................................271
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 273
Description ............................................................273 DTC Logic .............................................................273 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................274 Component Inspection ..........................................276
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......... 277
Description ............................................................277 DTC Logic .............................................................277 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................278 Component Inspection ..........................................279
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION ...................................................... 281
DTC Logic .............................................................281 Component Function Check .................................282 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................283
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 286
DTC Logic .............................................................286 Component Function Check .................................287 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................288
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 291
DTC Logic .............................................................291 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................292 Component Inspection ..........................................296
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 297
Description ............................................................297
DTC Logic ............................................................ 297 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 298 Component Inspection ......................................... 300
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ......302
Description ........................................................... 302 DTC Logic ............................................................ 302 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 302 Component Inspection ......................................... 304
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .............................................................305
Description ........................................................... 305 DTC Logic ............................................................ 305 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 305 Component Inspection ......................................... 307
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .............................................................309
Description ........................................................... 309 DTC Logic ............................................................ 309 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 310 Component Inspection ......................................... 311
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ...............................................313
Description ........................................................... 313 DTC Logic ............................................................ 313 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 313 Component Inspection ......................................... 315
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ...............................................316
Description ........................................................... 316 DTC Logic ............................................................ 316 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 317 Component Inspection ......................................... 320
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ...............................................321
Description ........................................................... 321 DTC Logic ............................................................ 321 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 322 Component Inspection ......................................... 325
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................327
DTC Logic ............................................................ 327 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 329 Component Inspection ......................................... 331
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................333
DTC Logic ............................................................ 333 Component Function Check ................................ 335 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 335 Component Inspection ......................................... 339
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................340
Description ........................................................... 340 DTC Logic ............................................................ 340
Revision: 2009 October
EC-4
2009 G37 Sedan
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 340
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 342
Description ........................................................... 342 DTC Logic ............................................................ 342 Component Function Check ................................. 342 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 343
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........... 344
Description ........................................................... 344 DTC Logic ............................................................ 344 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 344
P0500 VSS ...................................................... 346
Description ........................................................... 346 DTC Logic ............................................................ 346 Component Function Check ................................. 347 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 347
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 348
Description ........................................................... 348 DTC Logic ............................................................ 348 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 348
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 350
Description ........................................................... 350 DTC Logic ............................................................ 350 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 350
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 352
DTC Logic ............................................................ 352 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 353 Component Inspection ......................................... 354
P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 355
Description ........................................................... 355 DTC Logic ............................................................ 355 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 355 Component Inspection ......................................... 356
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR ................................................................. 358
Description ........................................................... 358 DTC Logic ............................................................ 358 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 358 Component Inspection ......................................... 361
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 363
Description ........................................................... 363 DTC Logic ............................................................ 363 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 363
P0605 ECM ...................................................... 365
Description ........................................................... 365 DTC Logic ............................................................ 365 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 366
P0607 ECM ...................................................... 367
Description ........................................................... 367 DTC Logic ............................................................ 367 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 367
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 368
DTC Logic .............................................................368 A Diagnosis Procedure ............................................368
P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 371
Description ............................................................371 EC DTC Logic .............................................................371 Component Function Check .................................372 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................372 C
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM ....................... 375
DTC Logic .............................................................375 D Diagnosis Procedure ............................................375
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MO-
TOR) .....................................................................377
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB
E
ASSEMBLY) .........................................................377
Special Repair Requirement .................................378
F
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM ........................ 379
DTC Logic .............................................................379
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT PO-
G
SITION SENSOR ............................................. 380
Description ............................................................380
DTC Logic .............................................................380 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................380
Special Repair Requirement .................................382
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR .... 384 I
Description ............................................................384
DTC Logic .............................................................384
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................384 J
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MO-
TOR) .....................................................................386
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB
K
ASSEMBLY) .........................................................386
Special Repair Requirement .................................387
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY ... 388 L
Description ............................................................388 DTC Logic .............................................................388 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................388 M Component Inspection ..........................................390
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .... 391
DTC Logic .............................................................391 N
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 392
Description ............................................................392 O DTC Logic .............................................................392 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................392
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 393 P
Description ............................................................393 DTC Logic .............................................................393 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................393
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 394
DTC Logic .............................................................394 Component Function Check .................................394
Revision: 2009 October
EC-5
2009 G37 Sedan
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................395
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR ............................ 398
Description ............................................................398 DTC Logic .............................................................398 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................398 Special Repair Requirement .................................399
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR ............................ 400
Description ............................................................400 DTC Logic .............................................................400 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................400 Special Repair Requirement .................................401
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ........................................... 402
Description ............................................................402 DTC Logic .............................................................402 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................402 Component Inspection ..........................................405 Special Repair Requirement .................................405
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ................................................................. 406
Description ............................................................406 DTC Logic .............................................................406 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................406 Component Inspection ..........................................407 Special Repair Requirement .................................408
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ......................................... 409
Description ............................................................409 DTC Logic .............................................................409 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................410 Special Repair Requirement .................................410
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR ............................ 411
Description ............................................................411 DTC Logic .............................................................411 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................411 Component Inspection ..........................................413 Special Repair Requirement .................................413
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .................................................................421
Description ........................................................... 421 DTC Logic ............................................................ 421 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 421 Component Inspection ......................................... 423
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ..........424
Description ........................................................... 424 DTC Logic ............................................................ 424 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 424 Component Inspection ......................................... 426
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ..........427
Description ........................................................... 427 DTC Logic ............................................................ 427 Component Function Check ................................ 427 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 428 Component Inspection ......................................... 429
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................431
Description ........................................................... 431 DTC Logic ............................................................ 431 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 431 Component Inspection ......................................... 433
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH .....................434
Description ........................................................... 434 DTC Logic ............................................................ 434 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 434 Component Inspection ......................................... 436
P1568 ICC FUNCTION ....................................437
DTC Logic ............................................................ 437 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 437
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .......................438
Description ........................................................... 438 DTC Logic ............................................................ 438 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 439 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ...... 443 Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) ..... 444 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ......... 444
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY .............................................. 414
Description ............................................................414 DTC Logic .............................................................414 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................414
P1421 COLD START CONTROL ................... 416
Description ............................................................416 DTC Logic .............................................................416 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................416
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ......... 418
Description ............................................................418 DTC Logic .............................................................418 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................418 Component Inspection ..........................................420
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH ...........................445
Description ........................................................... 445 DTC Logic ............................................................ 445 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 446 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ......... 450 Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch) ......... 451 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ......... 451 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) .. 452
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ......453
Description ........................................................... 453 DTC Logic ............................................................ 453 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 453
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..........455
Description ........................................................... 455 DTC Logic ............................................................ 455
Revision: 2009 October
EC-6
2009 G37 Sedan
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 455
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ................. 457
Description ........................................................... 457 DTC Logic ............................................................ 457 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 457
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ................. 459
Description ........................................................... 459 DTC Logic ............................................................ 459 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 459
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...... 461
DTC Logic ............................................................ 461 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 461 Special Repair Requirement ................................ 462
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 464
Description ........................................................... 464 DTC Logic ............................................................ 464 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 464 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ......... 465
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 467
Description ........................................................... 467 DTC Logic ............................................................ 467 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 467 Component Inspection ......................................... 469 Special Repair Requirement ................................ 469
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 471
Description ........................................................... 471 DTC Logic ............................................................ 471 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 472 Component Inspection ......................................... 474 Special Repair Requirement ................................ 474
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 475
Description ........................................................... 475 DTC Logic ............................................................ 475 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 476 Component Inspection ......................................... 478 Special Repair Requirement ................................ 479
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 480
Description ........................................................... 480 DTC Logic ............................................................ 480 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 481
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 484
Description ........................................................... 484 Component Function Check ................................. 484 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 484 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ...... 487 Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) ..... 487
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 489
Description ........................................................... 489 Component Function Check ................................. 489 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 489
COOLING FAN ................................................ 490
Description ............................................................490 A Component Function Check .................................490 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................490 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) .........492 EC Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) .........493
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 494
Description ............................................................494 C Component Function Check .................................494 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................494
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 496 D
Description ............................................................496 Component Function Check .................................496 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................496 E Component Inspection ..........................................498
FUEL PUMP .................................................... 499 F
Description ............................................................499 Component Function Check .................................499 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................499 Component Inspection ..........................................501 G
ICC BRAKE SWITCH ...................................... 502
Description ............................................................502 H
Component Function Check .................................502
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................502
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ..........505 Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch) .........505
I
IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 507
Description ............................................................507 J
Component Function Check .................................507
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................507
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
K
Transistor) ............................................................510
Component Inspection (Condenser) .....................511
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............. 512 L
Description ............................................................512 Component Function Check .................................512 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................512 M
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) .................................................... 513
Description ............................................................513 N Component Function Check .................................513 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................513 Component Inspection ..........................................516 O
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....... 518
Description ............................................................518 Component Inspection ..........................................518
P
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 520
Description ............................................................520 Component Function Check .................................520 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................520
SNOW MODE SWITCH ..................................
Revision: 2009 October
EC-7
2009 G37 Sedan
Description ............................................................522 Component Function Check .................................522 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................522 Component Inspection ..........................................524
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............525
ECM ................................................................ 525
Reference Value ...................................................525 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..541 Fail safe ................................................................560 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................562 DTC Index ............................................................564 How to Set SRT Code .......................................569 Test Value and Test Limit ..................................572
VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................ 578
Reference Value ...................................................578 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..582
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ...........................602
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .. 602
Symptom Table ....................................................602
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 606
Description ............................................................606
PRECAUTION ...........................................607
PRECAUTIONS .............................................. 607
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ...............................................................607 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..607
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service .......... 607 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T ................................................................ 608 General Precautions ............................................ 608
PREPARATION .........................................612
PREPARATION ...............................................612
Special Service Tools .......................................... 612 Commercial Service Tools ................................... 612
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................614
FUEL PRESSURE ...........................................614
Inspection ............................................................. 614
EVAP LEAK CHECK .......................................615
Inspection ............................................................. 615
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............617
EVAP CANISTER ............................................617
Exploded View ..................................................... 617 Removal and Installation ...................................... 617 Inspection ............................................................. 618
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .........................................................619
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...............................................................619
Idle Speed ............................................................ 619 Ignition Timing ...................................................... 619 Calculated Load Value ......................................... 619 Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 619
Revision: 2009 October
EC-8
2009 G37 Sedan
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow
OVERALL SEQUENCE
[VQ37VHR]
A EC INFOID:0000000004476496
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
DETAILED FLOW
Revision: 2009 October
EC-9
JMBIA1416GB
2009 G37 Sedan
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
[VQ37VHR]
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the "Diagnostic Work Sheet". (Refer to EC-12, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC. 2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. - Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) - Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".) - Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-602, "Symptom Table".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-606, "Description" and EC560, "Fail safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-606, "Description" and EC560, "Fail safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-562, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: · Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. · Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-10
2009 G37 Sedan
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
[VQ37VHR]
A
With CONSULT-III Make sure that "MAS A/F SE-B1", "MAS A/F SE-B2", "B/FUEL SCHDL", "A/F ALPHA-B1" and "A/F ALPHA-
EC
B2" are within the SP value using CONSULT-III "SPEC" in "DATA MONITOR" mode. Refer to EC-137, "Com-
ponent Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
D
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
E
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
F
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-602, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
G
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
H
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection I is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-525, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. 2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace- L
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".
M
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
N When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
O
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
P
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM
(Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".) If the completion of
SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-569,
"How to Set SRT Code".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-11
2009 G37 Sedan
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
Diagnostic Work Sheet
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKESHEET AMPLE below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples: · Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. · Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476497
SEF907L
Revision: 2009 October
EC-12
MTBL0017
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
BASIC INSPECTION
[VQ37VHR]
A
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement
1.INSPECTION START
INFOID:0000000004476498
EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance.
C
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
D
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging - Gasket
E
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
F
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. - Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
SEF983U
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
G
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H
I
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
SEF976U
J
K
L
M
SEF977U
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-13
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4.
[VQ37VHR]
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine. 2. Perform EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Require-
ment".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following. · Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection". · Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident, although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-14
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A :Timing indicator
For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 11.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
JMBIA0054ZZ
D
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
F
Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". G
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
H
Perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
I
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN J 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 17.
L
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
M
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A :Timing indicator
For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51, "Removal and Installation". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-15
N O P
JMBIA0054ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
[VQ37VHR]
Check the following. · Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection". · Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident, although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM)
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description
INFOID:0000000004476499
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement
INFOID:0000000004476500
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI-
TION KEY IDS Refer to SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Refer to EC-18, "VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-16
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
[VQ37VHR]
>> END
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL A
MODULE)
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL EC
MODULE) : Description
INFOID:0000000004476501
When replacing VVEL control module, the following procedure must be performed.
C
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL
MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004476502
D
1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
E
>> END
IDLE SPEED
F
IDLE SPEED : Description
INFOID:0000000004476503
This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in "BASIC G INSPECTION".
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004476504
H
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
I
Check idle speed in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
J
>> INSPECTION END
IGNITION TIMING
K
IGNITION TIMING : Description
INFOID:0000000004476505
L This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in "BASIC INSPECTION".
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004476506
M
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
N
O
P
1. Loop wire A. Timing light
Revision: 2009 October
B. Timing indicator
EC-17
JMBIA0846ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Check ignition timing.
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION : Description
INFOID:0000000004476507
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. NOTE: Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004476508
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-23, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped. 2. Select "VIN REGISTRATION" in "WORK SUPPORT" mode. 3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
>> END
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004476509
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Re-
quirement
INFOID:0000000004476510
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. 2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> END
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description
INFOID:0000000004476511
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004476512
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-18
2009 G37 Sedan
< BASIC INSPECTION >
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
[VQ37VHR]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
A
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
EC
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description
INFOID:0000000004476513
C
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
· Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
D
· Each time VVEL actuator sub assembly or VVEL control module is replaced.
· Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement
E
INFOID:0000000004476514
1.PRECONDITIONING
F Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
· Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
· Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
G
· PNP switch: ON (M/T models)
· Selector lever: P or N (A/T models)
· Electric load switch: OFF
H
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
· Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
I
· Vehicle speed: Stopped
· Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
J
· With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until "ATF TEMP SE 1" in "DATA MONITOR" mode of "A/T" system indi-
cates less than 0.9 V.
· Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. - M/T models
K
· Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
M
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL
RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
N
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select "IDLE AIR VOL LEARN" in "WORK SUPPORT" mode.
O
5. Touch "START" and wait 20 seconds.
Is "CMPLT" displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
P
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT-III NOTE: · It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-19
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
[VQ37VHR]
· It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. - Fully depress the accelerator pedal. - Fully release the accelerator pedal. 7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and illuminates. 8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL illuminates. 9. Start engine and let it idle. 10. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Let it idle for 20 seconds. 3. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. Refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed" and EC-619, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I
Check the following · Check that throttle valve is fully closed. · Check PCV valve operation. · Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE". Refer to EC-137, "Description". If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning again: · Engine stalls. · Erroneous idle.
>> INSPECTION END
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
Revision: 2009 October
EC-20
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
[VQ37VHR]
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Description
INFOID:0000000004476515
A
VVEL control shaft position sensor adjustment is an operation to adjust the initial position angle that is the
basis for the VVEL control shaft position sensor.
It must be performed each time VVEL actuator sub assembly is replaced.
EC
CAUTION:
· It must be performed only on the replaced bank side.
· It must not be performed except when VVEL actuator sub assembly is replaced. If by any chance the C adjustment is performed, replace VVEL actuator sub assembly.
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Re-
quirement
D
INFOID:0000000004476516
1.START E Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
F
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
With CONSULT-III
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP" in "WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch "Start" and wait a few seconds.
H
4. Make sure the "CMPLT" is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
5. Select "VVEL POSITION SEN- B1" or "VVEL POSITION SEN- B2" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CON-
SULT-III. 6. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt (1).
I
7. Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor (2) right and left
while monitoring the output voltage of "VVEL POSITION SEN-
B1" or "VVEL POSITION SEN-B2" and adjust the output voltage
J
to be within the standard value.
Voltage : 500 ± 48 mV
K
8. Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt.
: 7.0 N·m (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb)
9. Reconfirm that the output voltage of "VVEL POSITION SEN- B1" or "VVEL POSITION SEN- B2" is within the standard value.
L
JMBIA0740ZZ
M
Voltage : 500 ± 48 mV
NOTE: If it varies from the standard value after the bolt is tightened, perform steps 6 to 8 again.
N
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
12. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
13. Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair
Requirement".
P
>> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
Without CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector. 2. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay. 3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn OFF.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-21
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 5. Install VVEL actuator motor relay. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 7. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt (1). 8. Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor (2) right and left
while monitoring the output voltage between the VVEL control module terminals with a tester and adjust the output voltage to be within the standard value.
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0740ZZ
VVEL control module
Bank Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
1
3
4
E15
2
5
6
9. Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt.
Voltage 500 ± 48 mV
: 7.0 N·m (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb) 10. Reconfirm that the output voltage of VVEL control shaft position sensor is within the standard value.
VVEL control module
Bank Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Voltage
1
3
E15
2
5
4 500 ± 48 mV
6
NOTE: If it varies from the standard value after the bolt is tightened, perform steps 7 to 9 again. 11. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 12. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 14. Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description
INFOID:0000000004476517
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in "Diagnosis Procedure".
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004476518
1.START
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select "SELF-LEARNING CONT" in "WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-22
2009 G37 Sedan
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching "CLEAR". With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-23
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476519
JMBIA2007ZZ
1. ECM
2. Can communication
4. EVAP canister purge volume control 5. EVAP service port solenoid valve
7. EVAP control system pressure sen- 8. EVAP canister sor
10. Battery
11. Fuel tank temperature sensor
13. Fuel tank
14. Fuel pressure regulator
16. Three way catalyst 2
17. Heated oxygen sensor 2
19. Engine oil temperature sensor
20. A/F sensor 1
22. PCV valve
23. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
3. VVEL control module 6. EVAP canister vent control valve
9. Battery current sensor
12. Fuel level sensor 15. Fuel pump 18. Three way catalyst 1 21. Spark plug 24. VVEL actuator motor
Revision: 2009 October
EC-24
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
25. VVEL control shaft position sensor
28. Fuel damper 31. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 34. Cooling fan
37. Electric throttle control actuator
40. Brake booster pressure sensor 43. Accelerator pedal position sensor 46. PNP signal
System Description
26. Intake valve timing control solenoid 27. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
valve
A
29. Engine coolant temperature sensor 30. Knock sensor
32. Muffler
33. Cooling fan control module
35. Air cleaner
36. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
EC
temperature sensor)
38. Throttle position sensor 41. MIL
39. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
sensor
C
42. Ignition switch
44. Power steering pressure sensor
45. Refrigerant pressure sensor
D
INFOID:0000000004476520
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
Component Parts Location
E
INFOID:0000000004476521
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
1. Battery current sensor 4. Cooling fan relay
2. IPDM E/R 5. VVEL actuator motor relay
P
JMBIA0837ZZ
3. VVEL control module 6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-25
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models)
19. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1)
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
11. Cooling fan control module
9. Cooling fan motor-2 12. Cooling fan motor-1
14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
17. Brake booster pressure sensor
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 2)
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
32. EVAP service port
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
JMBIA0839ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-26
JMBIA0840ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front
A
1. Cooling fan motor-2
2. Cooling fan control module
3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB1907E
H
I
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
J
JMBIA0007ZZ
K
L
M
N
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
JMBIA0841ZZ
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-27
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0018ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) harness connector
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
4. VVEL control module
2. Brake booster pressure sensor
JMBIA0850ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
: Vehicle front
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) (bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0851ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-28
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0842ZZ
D
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
E
F
G
H
JMBIA0843ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
I
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3 7. Fuel injector No.4
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
J
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6
12. Fuel injector No.5
tor)
K
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
L
M
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
N
JMBIA0844ZZ
O
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-29
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
JMBIA0014ZZ
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP service port
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister solenoid valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
JMBIA0845ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-30
JMBIA0019ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front
A
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
EC
C
D
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
E
JMBIA0015ZZ
F
G
H
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
I
JMBIA0016ZZ
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
J
6. MAIN switch
K
L
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
M
JMBIA0017ZZ
N
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-31
JMBIA0051ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
[VQ37VHR]
1. Snow mode switch
Component Description
Component A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater Accelerator pedal position sensor ASCD brake switch ASCD steering switch Battery current sensor Brake booster pressure sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Cooling fan control module Cooling fan motor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electric throttle control actuator Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine oil temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel injector Fuel level sensor Fuel pump Fuel tank temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater ICC brake switch ICC steering switch Ignition signal Intake air temperature sensor Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Revision: 2009 October
JMBIA1678ZZ
EC-205, "Description" EC-159, "Description" EC-467, "Description" EC-438, "Description" EC-431, "Description" EC-418, "Description" EC-358, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-409, "Description" EC-189, "Description" EC-257, "Description" EC-297, "Description" EC-305, "Description" EC-313, "Description" EC-496, "Description" EC-340, "Description" EC-499, "Description" EC-251, "Description" EC-220, "Description" EC-162, "Description" EC-445, "Description" EC-434, "Description" EC-507, "Description" EC-186, "Description" EC-165, "Description"
EC-32
Reference
INFOID:0000000004476522
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Knock sensor Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Mass air flow sensor PCV valve Power steering pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Stop lamp switch Throttle control motor Throttle control motor relay Throttle position sensor VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL control module VVEL control shaft position sensor
EC-270, "Description" EC-182, "Description" EC-176, "Description" EC-518, "Description" EC-355, "Description" EC-520, "Description" EC-464, "Description" EC-406, "Description" EC-414, "Description" EC-260, "Description" EC-384, "Description" EC-388, "Description" EC-457, "Description" EC-380, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-33
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476523
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*3 Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor
Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) TCM (A/T models)
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage*3
Knock sensor
Engine knocking condition
Power steering pressure sensor
Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2
VDC/TCS operation command
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Air conditioner operation*2 Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-34
JMBIA2008GB INFOID:0000000004476524
ECM function
Actuator
Fuel injection & mixture ratio Fuel injector control
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the EC
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
C
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
D
<Fuel increase>
· During warm-up
· When starting the engine
E
· During acceleration
· Hot-engine operation
· When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
F
· High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
· During deceleration
G
· During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
H
I
J
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. K
The three way catalyst 1 can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the
exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse
width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-205, "Description". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
L
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst 1. Even if the switching characteris-
tics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sen- M
sor 2.
· Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
N
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
O
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
P
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
Revision: 2009 October
EC-35
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of "injection pulse duration" to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. "Fuel trim" refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim. "Short-term fuel trim" is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. "Long-term fuel trim" is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF179U
Two types of systems are used. · Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. · Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-36
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704632
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G H
I
J
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
1. Battery current sensor
2. IPDM E/R
3. VVEL control module
4. Cooling fan relay 7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
5. VVEL actuator motor relay
6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
M
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
(bank 1)
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid 11. Cooling fan control module valve (bank 1)
12. Cooling fan motor-1
N
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid 14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
valve (bank 2)
(bank 2)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models) 17. Brake booster pressure sensor
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
and spark plug (bank 2)
19. Electric throttle control actuator
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
(bank 2)
P
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor 23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
(bank 2)
sensor
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-37
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1)
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
32. EVAP service port
35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
JMBIA0839ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
2. Cooling fan control module
JMBIA0840ZZ
3. Cooling fan motor-1
Revision: 2009 October
EC-38
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
PBIB1907E
F
G H
JMBIA0007ZZ
I
J
K
L
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-39
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) harness connector
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
4. VVEL control module
2. Brake booster pressure sensor
JMBIA0850ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
: Vehicle front
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) (bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0851ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-40
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3 7. Fuel injector No.4
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
E
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6
12. Fuel injector No.5
tor)
F
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
G
H
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
I
JMBIA0844ZZ
J
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
K
L
M
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-41
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP service port
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister solenoid valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2.
harness connector 4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3.
Fuel pressure regulator
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-42
JMBIA0015ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
C
JMBIA0016ZZ
D
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
E
F
G
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ
H
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
I
J
K
L
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
M
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
N
O
P
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-43
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
Component A/F sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injector Heated oxygen sensor 2 Intake air temperature sensor Knock sensor Mass air flow sensor Power steering pressure sensor Throttle position sensor
EC-205, "Description" EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-254, "Description" EC-496, "Description" EC-220, "Description" EC-186, "Description" EC-270, "Description" EC-168, "Description" EC-355, "Description" EC-260, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476526
Revision: 2009 October
EC-44
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004476527
EC
C
D
E
F
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
JMBIA1838GB
G
INFOID:0000000004476528
H
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Input Signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Engine speed*2
I
Piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
J
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) TCM (A/T models)
Battery
Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Gear position Battery voltage*2
Ignition timing Ignition coil (with power
K
control
transistor)
L
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Vehicle speed*1
M
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
N
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
O
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in P the ECM.
· At starting
· During warm-up
· At idle
· At low battery voltage
· During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
Revision: 2009 October
EC-45
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000004704637
JMBIA0837ZZ
1. Battery current sensor 4. Cooling fan relay
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models)
19. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
2. IPDM E/R 5. VVEL actuator motor relay
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
11. Cooling fan control module
3. VVEL control module 6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
12. Cooling fan motor-1
14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
17. Brake booster pressure sensor
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 2)
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-46
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 32. EVAP service port
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
and spark plug (bank 1)
A
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
EC
C
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
E
F
G
H
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
I
JMBIA0839ZZ
J
K
L
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
M
JMBIA0840ZZ
N
2. Cooling fan control module
3. Cooling fan motor-1
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-47
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
PBIB1907E JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
JMBIA0841ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-48
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front
A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
EC
harness connector
C
D
E
JMBIA0850ZZ
F
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) 2. Brake booster pressure sensor
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
sensor
4. VVEL control module
G
H
I
J
JMBIA0851ZZ
: Vehicle front
K
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
(bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
L
M
N
O
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
P
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-49
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0843ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
7. Fuel injector No.4
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6 tor)
12. Fuel injector No.5
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
JMBIA0844ZZ
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
Revision: 2009 October
EC-50
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
A
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
EC
C
D
JMBIA0845ZZ
E
: Vehicle front
1. EVAP service port
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve
F
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
G
H
I
J
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator
K
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
L
M
N
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
O
JMBIA0015ZZ
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-51
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
JMBIA0016ZZ
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-52
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
Component Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Ignition signal Knock sensor Mass air flow sensor Throttle position sensor
EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-507, "Description" EC-270, "Description" EC-168, "Description" EC-260, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476530
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-53
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476531
JMBIA1528GB
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
INFOID:0000000004476532
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Battery Refrigerant pressure sensor
Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure
Air conditioner cut control
Power steering pressure sensor
Power steering operation
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Air conditioner ON signal*1 Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. · When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. · When cranking the engine. · At high engine speeds. · When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. · When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. · When engine speed is excessively low. · When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Actuator
IPDM E/R A/C relay Compressor
Revision: 2009 October
EC-54
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704638
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G H
I
J
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
1. Battery current sensor
2. IPDM E/R
3. VVEL control module
4. Cooling fan relay 7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
5. VVEL actuator motor relay
6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
M
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
(bank 1)
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid 11. Cooling fan control module valve (bank 1)
12. Cooling fan motor-1
N
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid 14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
valve (bank 2)
(bank 2)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models) 17. Brake booster pressure sensor
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
and spark plug (bank 2)
19. Electric throttle control actuator
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
(bank 2)
P
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor 23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
(bank 2)
sensor
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-55
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1)
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
32. EVAP service port
35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
JMBIA0839ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
2. Cooling fan control module
JMBIA0840ZZ
3. Cooling fan motor-1
Revision: 2009 October
EC-56
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
PBIB1907E
F
G H
JMBIA0007ZZ
I
J
K
L
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-57
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) harness connector
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
4. VVEL control module
2. Brake booster pressure sensor
JMBIA0850ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
: Vehicle front
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) (bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0851ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-58
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3 7. Fuel injector No.4
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
E
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6
12. Fuel injector No.5
tor)
F
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
G
H
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
I
JMBIA0844ZZ
J
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
K
L
M
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-59
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP service port
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister solenoid valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2.
harness connector 4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3.
Fuel pressure regulator
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-60
JMBIA0015ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
C
JMBIA0016ZZ
D
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
E
F
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
G
JMBIA0017ZZ
H
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
I
J
K
L
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
M
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
N
O
P
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-61
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
Component Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Power steering pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor
EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-189, "Description" EC-355, "Description" EC-520, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476534
Revision: 2009 October
EC-62
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004476535
EC
C
D
E
F
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
JMBIA1839GB
G
INFOID:0000000004476536
H
Sensor ASCD brake switch
Input signal to ECM Brake pedal operation
ECM function
Actuator
I
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) Clutch pedal operation
J
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch operation
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)
Gear position
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control actuator
K
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Vehicle speed*
Gear position
TCM (A/T models)
Powertrain revolution*
L
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
M
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
N
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
O
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
P
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter is displayed.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-63
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
[VQ37VHR]
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. · CANCEL switch is pressed · More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) · Brake pedal is depressed · Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position. (M/T models) · Selector lever is in the N, P, R position (A/T models) · Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed · TCS system is operated When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. · Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. · Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. · Brake pedal is released · Clutch pedal is released (M/T models) · A/T selector lever is in the P and N positions (A/T models) · Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-64
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704644
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G H
I
J
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
1. Battery current sensor
2. IPDM E/R
3. VVEL control module
4. Cooling fan relay 7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
5. VVEL actuator motor relay
6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
M
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
(bank 1)
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid 11. Cooling fan control module valve (bank 1)
12. Cooling fan motor-1
N
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid 14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
valve (bank 2)
(bank 2)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models) 17. Brake booster pressure sensor
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
and spark plug (bank 2)
19. Electric throttle control actuator
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
(bank 2)
P
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor 23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
(bank 2)
sensor
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-65
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1)
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
32. EVAP service port
35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
JMBIA0839ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
2. Cooling fan control module
JMBIA0840ZZ
3. Cooling fan motor-1
Revision: 2009 October
EC-66
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
PBIB1907E
F
G
H
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0007ZZ
I
J
K
L
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-67
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) harness connector
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
4. VVEL control module
2. Brake booster pressure sensor
JMBIA0850ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
: Vehicle front
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) (bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0851ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-68
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3 7. Fuel injector No.4
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
E
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6
12. Fuel injector No.5
tor)
F
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
G
H
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
I
JMBIA0844ZZ
J
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
K
L
M
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-69
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP service port
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister solenoid valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2.
harness connector 4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3.
Fuel pressure regulator
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-70
JMBIA0015ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
C
JMBIA0016ZZ
D
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
E
F
G
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ
H
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
I
J
K
L
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
M
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
N
O
P
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-71
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
Component ASCD brake switch ASCD indicator ASCD steering switch Electric throttle control actuator Stop lamp switch
EC-438, "Description" EC-489, "Description" EC-431, "Description" EC-409, "Description" EC-464, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476538
Revision: 2009 October
EC-72
2009 G37 Sedan
CAN COMMUNICATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004476539
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. Refer to LAN-11, "CAN Communication Control Circuit", about CAN communication for detail..
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-73
2009 G37 Sedan
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
COOLING FAN CONTROL
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476540
JMBIA1529GB
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
INFOID:0000000004476541
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Refrigerant pressure sensor Battery
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Refrigerant pressure Battery voltage*1 Vehicle speed*2 Air conditioner ON signal*2 A/C evaporator temperature*2
Cooling fan control
IPDM E/R Cooling fan control module Cooling fan motor
Target A/C evaporator temperature*2
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to ECM via the CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air conditioner ON signal, refrigerant pressure, target A/C evaporator temperature and A/C evaporator temperature. Cooling fan control signal is sent to IPDM E/R from ECM by CAN communication line. Then, IPDM E/R sends ON/OFF pulse duty signal to cooling fan control module. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module gives cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motors. Cooling fan speed is controlled by duty cycle of cooling fan motor operating voltage sent from cooling fan control module.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-74
2009 G37 Sedan
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704645
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G H
I
J
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
1. Battery current sensor
2. IPDM E/R
3. VVEL control module
4. Cooling fan relay 7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
5. VVEL actuator motor relay
6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
M
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
(bank 1)
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid 11. Cooling fan control module valve (bank 1)
12. Cooling fan motor-1
N
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid 14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
valve (bank 2)
(bank 2)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models) 17. Brake booster pressure sensor
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
and spark plug (bank 2)
19. Electric throttle control actuator
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
(bank 2)
P
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor 23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
(bank 2)
sensor
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-75
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
COOLING FAN CONTROL
[VQ37VHR]
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1)
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
32. EVAP service port
35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
JMBIA0839ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
2. Cooling fan control module
JMBIA0840ZZ
3. Cooling fan motor-1
Revision: 2009 October
EC-76
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
COOLING FAN CONTROL
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
Revision: 2009 October
EC-77
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
PBIB1907E
F
G H
JMBIA0007ZZ
I
J
K
L
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
N
O
P
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
COOLING FAN CONTROL
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) harness connector
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
4. VVEL control module
2. Brake booster pressure sensor
JMBIA0850ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
: Vehicle front
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) (bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0851ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-78
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
COOLING FAN CONTROL
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3 7. Fuel injector No.4
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
E
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6
12. Fuel injector No.5
tor)
F
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
G
H
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
I
JMBIA0844ZZ
J
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
K
L
M
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-79
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
COOLING FAN CONTROL
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP service port
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister solenoid valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2.
harness connector 4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3.
Fuel pressure regulator
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-80
JMBIA0015ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
COOLING FAN CONTROL
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
C
JMBIA0016ZZ
D
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
E
F
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
G
JMBIA0017ZZ
H
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
I
J
K
L
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
M
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
N
O
P
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-81
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Component Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Cooling fan control module Cooling fan motor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor
EC-277, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-520, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476543
Revision: 2009 October
EC-82
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004476544
EC
C
D
E
F
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
JMBIA1530GB
G
INFOID:0000000004476545
H
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
I
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
J
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor
Throttle position Accelerator pedal position
EVAP canister
EVAP canister purge vol-
K
purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal)
L
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Pressure in purge line
M
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-83
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[VQ37VHR]
PBIB1631E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
Revision: 2009 October
EC-84
JMBIA0859ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
1. Intake manifold collector : From next figure
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP service port solenoid valve
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
JMBIA0847ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP canister
: To previous figure
M
2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP control system pressure sensor
N
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-85
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704646
JMBIA0837ZZ
1. Battery current sensor 4. Cooling fan relay
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models)
19. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
2. IPDM E/R 5. VVEL actuator motor relay
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
11. Cooling fan control module
3. VVEL control module 6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
12. Cooling fan motor-1
14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
17. Brake booster pressure sensor
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 2)
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-86
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 32. EVAP service port
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
and spark plug (bank 1)
A
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
EC
C
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
E
F
G
H
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
I
JMBIA0839ZZ
J
K
L
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
M
JMBIA0840ZZ
N
2. Cooling fan control module
3. Cooling fan motor-1
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-87
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
PBIB1907E JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
JMBIA0841ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-88
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front
A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
EC
harness connector
C
D
E
JMBIA0850ZZ
F
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) 2. Brake booster pressure sensor
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
sensor
4. VVEL control module
G
H
I
J
JMBIA0851ZZ
: Vehicle front
K
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
(bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
L
M
N
O
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
P
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-89
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0843ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
7. Fuel injector No.4
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6 tor)
12. Fuel injector No.5
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
JMBIA0844ZZ
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
Revision: 2009 October
EC-90
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
A
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
EC
C
D
JMBIA0845ZZ
E
: Vehicle front
1. EVAP service port
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve
F
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
G
H
I
J
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator
K
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
L
M
N
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
O
JMBIA0015ZZ
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-91
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
JMBIA0016ZZ
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-92
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
Component A/F sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel tank temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor Throttle position sensor
EC-205, "Description" EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-302, "Description" EC-313, "Description" EC-248, "Description" EC-168, "Description" EC-260, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476547
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-93
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
System Diagram
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476548
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed and piston position
Engine oil temperature sensor
Engine oil temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA1532GB INFOID:0000000004476549
ECM function
Actuator
Intake valve Intake valve timing control timing control solenoid valve
JMBIA0060GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-94
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704647
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G H
I
J
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
1. Battery current sensor
2. IPDM E/R
3. VVEL control module
4. Cooling fan relay 7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
5. VVEL actuator motor relay
6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
M
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
(bank 1)
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid 11. Cooling fan control module valve (bank 1)
12. Cooling fan motor-1
N
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid 14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
valve (bank 2)
(bank 2)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models) 17. Brake booster pressure sensor
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
and spark plug (bank 2)
19. Electric throttle control actuator
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
(bank 2)
P
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor 23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
(bank 2)
sensor
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-95
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1)
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
32. EVAP service port
35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
JMBIA0839ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
2. Cooling fan control module
JMBIA0840ZZ
3. Cooling fan motor-1
Revision: 2009 October
EC-96
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
PBIB1907E
F
G H
JMBIA0007ZZ
I
J
K
L
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-97
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) harness connector
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
4. VVEL control module
2. Brake booster pressure sensor
JMBIA0850ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
: Vehicle front
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) (bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0851ZZ
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-98
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3 7. Fuel injector No.4
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
E
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6
12. Fuel injector No.5
tor)
F
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
G
H
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
I
JMBIA0844ZZ
J
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
K
L
M
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-99
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP service port
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister solenoid valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2.
harness connector 4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3.
Fuel pressure regulator
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-100
JMBIA0015ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
C
JMBIA0016ZZ
D
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
E
F
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
G
JMBIA0017ZZ
H
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
I
J
K
L
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
M
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
N
O
P
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-101
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
Component Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine oil temperature sensor Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-189, "Description" EC-254, "Description" EC-165, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476551
Revision: 2009 October
EC-102
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VVEL SYSTEM
System Diagram
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004476552
EC
C
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
VVEL control shaft position sensor
Control shaft actual angle*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
D
JMBIA1803GB
E
INFOID:0000000004476553
F
ECM function
Actuator
VVEL control
VVEL control module
G
VVEL actuator sub assembly
H
I
J
K
L
M
JMBIA0739GB
N
1. VVEL actuator motor
2. VVEL control shaft position sensor 3. Ball screw nut
4. Ball screw shaft
5. Rocker arm
6. Link A
O
7. Control shaft
8. Eccentric cam
9. Drive shaft
10. Valve lifter
11. Intake valve
12. Link B
13. Output cam
P
VVEL (Variable Valve Event & Lift) is a system that controls valve event and valve lift continuously. Rotational movement of the drive shaft equipped with eccentric cam is transmitted to output cam via the rocker arm and two kinds of links to depress the intake valve. ECM decides the target valve lift according to the driving condition and sends the command signal to the VVEL control module. The VVEL control module controls the rotation of the control shaft using the VVEL actuator motor and changes the movement of the output cam by shifting the link supporting point. As a result, valve lift changes continuously to improve engine output and response.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-103
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704648
JMBIA0837ZZ
1. Battery current sensor 4. Cooling fan relay
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2)
16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models)
19. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
22. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
2. IPDM E/R 5. VVEL actuator motor relay
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
11. Cooling fan control module
3. VVEL control module 6. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
12. Cooling fan motor-1
14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
17. Brake booster pressure sensor
20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 2)
18. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 2)
21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
26. Knock sensor
27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor
solenoid valve
(bank 1)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-104
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1)
34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
VVEL SYSTEM
32. EVAP service port 35. Electric throttle control actuator
(bank 1)
[VQ37VHR]
33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
A
EC
C
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0838ZZ
E
F
G
H
1. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
I
JMBIA0839ZZ
J
K
L
: Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Cooling fan relay
M
JMBIA0840ZZ
N
2. Cooling fan control module
3. Cooling fan motor-1
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-105
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
PBIB1907E JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. nector
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
JMBIA0841ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-106
JMBIA0018ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
: Vehicle front
A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
EC
harness connector
C
D
E
JMBIA0850ZZ
F
1. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) 2. Brake booster pressure sensor
3. VVEL actuator motor relay
sensor
4. VVEL control module
G
H
I
J
JMBIA0851ZZ
: Vehicle front
K
1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
(bank 1)
4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2)
L
M
N
O
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
P
(bank 1)
valve (bank 1) harness connector
valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-107
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0843ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
tor)
4. Fuel injector No.3
5. Fuel injector No.1
6. Fuel injector No.2
7. Fuel injector No.4
8. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis-
tor)
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6 tor)
12. Fuel injector No.5
13. Knock sensor (bank 1)
14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
JMBIA0844ZZ
3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
1. IPDM E/R
2. Battery current sensor
JMBIA0013ZZ
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
Revision: 2009 October
EC-108
JMBIA0014ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VVEL SYSTEM
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor
2. Alternator
[VQ37VHR]
A
3. Engine oil temperature sensor
EC
C
D
JMBIA0845ZZ
E
: Vehicle front
1. EVAP service port
2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve
F
4. EVAP canister vent control valve
5. EVAP control system pressure sensor
G
H
I
J
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator
K
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
L
M
N
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. ECM
O
JMBIA0015ZZ
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-109
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
1. ICC steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. DISTANCE switch
JMBIA0016ZZ
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. MAIN switch
1. ASCD steering switch 4. SET/COAST switch
2. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ
3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
1. Stop lamp switch
2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Snow mode switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-110
JMBIA1678ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description
Component Accelerator pedal position sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL control module VVEL control shaft position sensor
VVEL SYSTEM
EC-467, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-384, "Description" EC-388, "Description" EC-457, "Description" EC-380, "Description"
Reference
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476555
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-111
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476556
INTRODUCTION
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Service $03 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data
Service $02 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code
Service $01 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
Service $07 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
--
Test values and Test limits
Service $06 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID
Service $09 of SAE J1979
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable --: Not applicable
DTC
1st trip DTC
Freeze Frame data
1st trip Freeze Frame data
SRT code
SRT status
Test value
CONSULT-III
×
×
×
×
×
×
--
GST
×
×
×
--
×
×
×
ECM
×
×*
--
--
--
×
--
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-560, "Fail safe".)
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The "trip" in the "Two Trip Detection Logic" means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable --: Not applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip DTC
Items
1st trip
Blinking
Illuminated
2nd trip
Blinking
Illuminated
1st trip displaying
2nd trip displaying
1st trip displaying
2nd trip display-
ing
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) -- DTC: P0300 - P0306 is
×
--
--
--
--
--
×
--
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) -- DTC: P0300 - P0306 is
--
--
×
--
--
×
--
--
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index".)
--
×
--
--
×
--
--
--
Except above
--
--
--
×
--
×
×
--
DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA
DTC and 1st Trip DTC
Revision: 2009 October
EC-112
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reccur, the 1st trip A
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
EC
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates. In other
words, the DTC is saved in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in
two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is saved and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st C
and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MIL
during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
D
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compo-
nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
E
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the
MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
F
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-9, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirmation
Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated,
the item requires repair.
G
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short-term fuel trim, long-term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base H
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or I GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
J
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is saved in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
K
Priority
Items
1
Freeze frame data
Misfire -- DTC: P0300 - P0306 Fuel Injection System Function -- DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
L
2
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3
1st trip freeze frame data
M
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal- N function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze O frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION- P RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-III With GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-113
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. · 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. · Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-III NOTE: · If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. · If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-564), skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Select "ENGINE" with CONSULT-III. 3. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS". 4. Touch "ERASE". (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
With GST NOTE: · If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools NOTE: · If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). · If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24
hours. · The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating "INCMP", use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to "CMPLT". In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate "CMPLT" for each application system. Once set as "CMPLT", the SRT status remains "CMPLT" until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate "INCMP" for these items. NOTE:
Revision: 2009 October
EC-114
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
The SRT will also indicate "INCMP" if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
A
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates "CMPLT" for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates "INCMP" for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. NOTE:
EC
If MIL is illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer
untested even though the SRT indicates "CMPLT" for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT
("CMPLT") and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
C
SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to "CMPLT".
SRT item (CONSULT-III indication)
CATALYST
Performance Priority*
2
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to "CMPLT" Three way catalyst function
D
Corresponding DTC No.
P0420, P0430
E
EVAP SYSTEM
2
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0441
1
EVAP control system
2
EVAP control system
P0442
F
P0456
HO2S
2
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137, P0157
G
P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139, P0159
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for H
models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing SRT is set as "CMPLT" after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
I
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
J
Example
Self-diagnosis result
Diagnosis
Ignition cycle
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
K
All OK
Case 1
P0400
OK (1)
-- (1)
OK (2)
-- (2)
P0402 P1402
OK (1) OK (1)
-- (1) OK (2)
-- (1) -- (2)
OK (2)
L
-- (2)
SRT of EGR
"CMPLT"
"CMPLT"
"CMPLT"
"CMPLT"
Case 2
P0400 P0402
OK (1) -- (0)
-- (1) -- (0)
-- (1) OK (1)
-- (1)
M
-- (1)
P1402 SRT of EGR
OK (1) "INCMP"
OK (2) "INCMP"
-- (2) "CMPLT"
-- (2)
"CMPLT"
N
NG exists
Case 3
P0400
OK
OK
--
--
P0402
--
--
--
--
O
NG
P1402
NG
--
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
P
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC
--
1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR
"INCMP"
"INCMP"
"INCMP"
"CMPLT"
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. --: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-115
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate "CMPLT". Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate "CMPLT" at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate "CMPLT". Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as "INCMP" is the number one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: · The SRT will indicate "CMPLT" at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. · The emissions inspection requires "CMPLT" of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. · When, During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to "CMPLT" of SRT and the self-
diagnosis memory must be erased from the ECM after repair. · If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate "INCMP".
NOTE: SRT can be set as "CMPLT" together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates "CMPLT".
SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating "INCMP", review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-116
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
JMBIA1574GB
How to Display SRT Status
M
WITH CONSULT-III
Selecting "SRT STATUS" in "DTC CONFIRMATION" mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, "CMPLT" is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, "INCMP" is displayed.
N
NOTE:
Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, "HO2S HTR" is not SRT item.
WITH GST
O
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can.
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. · When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-117
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > · When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds.
[VQ37VHR]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
Description The MIL is located on the combination meter. 1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON
without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not illuminate, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC512, "Component Function Check". 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains illuminating, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
On Board Diagnostic System Function The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
JMBIA1515GB SEF217U
Revision: 2009 October
EC-118
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
Diagnostic Test Mode
Mode I
KEY and ENG. Status
Ignition switch in ON position
Function BULB CHECK
Explanation of Function
A
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come illuminate, check MIL circuit.
EC
Engine stopped
C
Engine running
MALFUNCTION WARNING
Mode II
Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
ON position
RESULTS
D
When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive
driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will illumi-
nate to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
E
The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
· Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
F
· One trip detection diagnoses
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
G
Engine stopped
H
I
Diagnostic Test Mode I -- Bulb Check
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC-
512, "Component Function Check".
J
Diagnostic Test Mode I -- Malfunction Warning
MIL
Condition
K
ON
When the malfunction is detected.
OFF
No malfunction.
L
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
Diagnostic Test Mode II -- Self-diagnostic Results
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
M
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-119
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ABCDEF
Flashes
10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-seconds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-564, "DTC Index")
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode
NOTE: · It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. · It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction. · ECM always returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after the ignition switch is turned OFF. HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. - Fully depress the accelerator pedal. - Fully release the accelerator pedal. 3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking. NOTE: Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-120
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). NOTE: Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
D
PBIB0092E
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II E
(Self-diagnostic Results)".
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
F
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to "How G
to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
· If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be cleared from the backup memory within 24 hours.
· Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
H
OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART
Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items · When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are I
stored in the ECM memory.
· When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will illuminate.
J
· The MIL will turn off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. A drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset. · The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
K
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The "TIME" in "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" mode of CON- L
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
· The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
Summary Chart
M
Items MIL (turns off)
Fuel Injection System 3 (pattern B)
Misfire 3 (pattern B)
Other
3 (pattern B)
N
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
80 (pattern C) 1 (pattern C), *1
80 (pattern C) 1 (pattern C), *1
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern B)
O
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
P
For details about patterns B and C under "Fuel Injection System" and "Misfire", see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
"MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>", "FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM".
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR "MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>", "FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM".
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for "Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>",
Revision: 2009 October
EC-121
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
"Fuel Injection System"
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate.
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de-
3 times (pattern B) without any mal-
tected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data will not be displayed any longer after vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data will be stored in ECM.
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared at the moment OK is detected.
*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for "Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>", "Fuel Injection System" <Driving Pattern B> Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as per the following:
Revision: 2009 October
EC-122
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
· The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
A
· The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
· The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in "OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART")
<Driving Pattern C> Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
EC
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
C
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
· When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
· When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
D
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
E
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F) · The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
F
· The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction.
· The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
· The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is G
stored in ECM.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For "Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deteriora-
tion>", "Fuel Injection System"
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-123
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate.
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de-
3 times (pattern B) without any mal-
tected in two consecutive trips, the
functions.
DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-124
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the
cle is driven once (pattern B) without
A
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
1st trip freeze frame data will be
the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction.
stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
EC
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
C
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for "Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>", "Fuel Injection System" <Driving Pattern A>
D
E
F
G
H
JMBIA1920GB
I
· The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
· The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
· The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. <Driving Pattern B>
J
Driving pattern B means operating vehicle as per the following:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
· The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
K
· The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
· The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
CONSULT-III Function
L
INFOID:0000000004476557
FUNCTION
M
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
N
Selfdiagnostic result Data monitor
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
O
Active test DTC & SRT confirmation
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
some parameters in a specified range.
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed.
P
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle requires periodic maintenance.
ECU identification
ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. · Diagnostic trouble codes · 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes · Freeze frame data
Revision: 2009 October
EC-125
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
· 1st trip freeze frame data · System readiness test (SRT) codes · Test values
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
[VQ37VHR]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS INPUT
Item
WORK SUPPORT
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine oil temperature sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Vehicle speed sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Throttle position sensor Fuel tank temperature sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Intake air temperature sensor Knock sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Closed throttle position switch (accelerator pedal position sensor signal) Air conditioner switch Park/neutral position (PNP) signal Stop lamp switch Power steering pressure sensor Battery voltage Load signal Fuel level sensor Battery current sensor ICC steering switch ASCD steering switch ICC brake switch ASCD brake switch VVEL control shaft position sensor Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Brake booster pressure sensor Snow mode switch
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
DTC*1
FREEZE FRAME DATA*2
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION
SRT STATUS
DTC WORK SUPPORT
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
× ×
Revision: 2009 October
EC-126
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
Item
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
A
DTC & SRT
RESULTS
CONFIRMATION
WORK SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE FRAME DATA*2
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
SRT STATUS
DTC WORK SUPPORT
EC
Fuel injector
×
×
C
Power transistor (Ignition timing)
×
×
Throttle control motor relay
×
×
D
Throttle control motor
×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS OUTPUT
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
×
Air conditioner relay
×
×
×
×
E
Fuel pump relay
×
×
×
Cooling fan control module
×
×
×
F
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
×
×
×*3
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EVAP canister vent control valve
×
×
×
×
×*3
G
×
×
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
×
×
×
H
VVEL actuator motor relay
×
VVEL actuator motor
×
×
Alternator
×
×
I
Calculated load value
×
×
×: Applicable
J
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".
*3: Always "CMPLT" is displayed.
K
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-127
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN
· THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. · IGN SW ON · ENGINE NOT RUNNING · AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). · NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM · FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). · WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING "EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE" · WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE "EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE"
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION. NOTE: WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY "BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY", EVEN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak in the EVAP system
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
· FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING "START" DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line
SELF-LEARNING CONT
· THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.
When clearing mixture ratio selflearning value
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
· IDLE CONDITION
When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ*
· IDLE CONDITION
When adjusting target ignition timing
VIN REGISTRATION
· IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM.
When registering VIN in ECM
VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP
· USE THIS ITEM ONLY WHEN REPLACING VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY.
· IGNITION ON AND ENGINE STOPPED.
When adjusting VVEL control shaft position sensor
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-564, "DTC Index".)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item*
Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX]
· The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] · The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F]
· The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
· "Long-term fuel trim" at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. · The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
· "Short-term fuel trim" at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. · The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-128
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
Freeze frame data item*
Description
A
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] · The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph]
· The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
EC
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] · The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]
· The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
C
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F]
· The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
D
FUEL SYS-B1
· "Fuel injection system status" at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
· One of the following mode is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
E
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
INT MANI PRES [°C]
F
COMBUST CONDI- · These items are displayed but are not applicabld to this model.
TION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
G
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item
ENG SPEED
MAS A/F SE-B1 MAS A/F SE-B2
B/FUEL SCHDL A/F ALPHA-B1
A/F ALPHA-B2
COOLAN TEMP/S
A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B2) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
Unit rpm
V msec
%
°C or °F
Description
H
×: Applicable Remarks
· Accuracy becomes poor if engine
I
· Indicates the engine speed computed from the
speed drops below the idle rpm.
signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) · If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
J
· When the engine is stopped, a certain
· The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
displayed.
· When engine is running, specification range is indicated in "SPEC".
K
· "Base fuel schedule" indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.
· When engine is running, specification range is indicated in "SPEC".
L
· When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
· The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- · This data also includes the data for
M
rection factor per cycle is indicated.
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
· When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in "SPEC".
N
· When the engine coolant temperature
· The engine coolant temperature (determined by sensor is open or short-circuited,
the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed.
gine coolant temperature determined O
by the ECM is displayed.
V
· The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
P
V
· The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed.
RICH/LEAN
· Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large.
· When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-129
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
Monitored item VHCL SPEED SE BATTERY VOLT ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1 FUEL T/TMP SE
INT/A TEMP SE EVAP SYS PRES FUEL LEVEL SE START SIGNAL
CLSD THL POS
AIR COND SIG P/N POSI SW PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW HEATER FAN SW BRAKE SW INJ PULSE-B1 INJ PULSE-B2 IGN TIMING CAL/LD VALUE MASS AIRFLOW
Unit km/h or mph
V V V °C or °F °C or °F V V ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF
msec BTDC
% g·m/s
Description
Remarks
· The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed.
· The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
· The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
· ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
· The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
· TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
· The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed.
· The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated.
· The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed.
· The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed.
· Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed · After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
by the ECM according to the signals of engine
played regardless of the starter sig-
speed and battery voltage.
nal.
· Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
· [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal voltage of the power steering pressure sensor signal) is indicated.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal.
· Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals.
· When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated.
· Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM · When the engine is stopped, a certain
according to the input signals.
value is indicated.
· "Calculated load value" indicates the value of the current air flow divided by peak air flow.
· Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-130
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
Monitored item
PURG VOL C/V
INT/V TIM (B1) INT/V TIM (B2) INT/V SOL (B1) INT/V SOL (B2) TP SEN 1-B2 TP SEN 2-B2 AIR COND RLY
FUEL PUMP RLY
VENT CONT/V
THRTL RELAY HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B2) I/P PULLY SPD VEHICLE SPEED
IDL A/V LEARN
SNOW MODE SW ENG OIL TEMP TRVL AFTER MIL A/F S1 HTR (B1) A/F S1 HTR (B2) AC PRESS SEN VHCL SPEED SE
Unit
Description
Remarks
A
· Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
%
ECM according to the input signals.
· The opening becomes larger as the value in-
EC
creases.
°CA
· Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle.
C
· The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
%
ing to the input signals) is indicated.
D
· The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
V
· The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
· TP SEN 2-B2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
E
· The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
ON/OFF
mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
F
indicated.
· Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
ON/OFF
determined by ECM according to the input sig-
G
nals.
· The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
ON/OFF
control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
H
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
· Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
I
ON/OFF
condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
J
ON/OFF
sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
rpm
· Indicates the engine speed computed from the input speed sensor signal.
K
km/h or mph
· The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
L
· Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learn-
ing
YET/CMPLT
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet.
M
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully.
ON/OFF
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the snow mode switch signal.
N
· The engine oil temperature (determined by the
°C or °F
signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sen-
sor) is displayed.
O
km or mile · Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
· Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
%
computed by ECM according to the input signals. · The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
P
the value increases.
V
· The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed.
km/h or mph
· The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-131
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Monitored item MAIN SW CANCEL SW RESUME/ACC SW SET SW BRAKE SW1 BRAKE SW2 DIST SW
CRUISE LAMP
BAT CUR SEN
ALT DUTY SIG
A/F ADJ-B1
A/F ADJ-B2
FAN DUTY
AC EVA TEMP AC EVA TARGET
ALTDUTY
ATOM PRES SEN BRAKE BST PRE SE VVEL SEN LEARNB1 VVEL SEN LEARNB2 VVEL POSITION SEN-B1 VVEL POSITION SEN-B2
Unit ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF
mV
ON/OFF
--
% °C or °F °C or °F
% mv mv
Description
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from DISTANCE switch signal.
· Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals.
· The signal voltage of battery current sensor is displayed.
· The control condition of the power generation voltage variable control (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Power generation voltage variable control is active. OFF: Power generation voltage variable control is inactive.
· Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 signal.
· Indicates a command value for cooling fan. The value is calculated by ECM based on input signals.
· Indicates A/C evaporator temperature sent from "unified meter and A/C amp.".
· Indicates target A/C evaporator temperature sent from "unified meter and A/C amp.".
· Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM based on the battery current sensor signal.
· Always a certain value is displayed. · This item is not efficient for V36 models.
· Always a certain value is displayed. · This item is not efficient for V36 models.
V
· Indicates the VVEL learning value.
V
· The VVEL control shaft position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
[VQ37VHR]
Remarks
Revision: 2009 October
EC-132
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
Monitored item VVEL TIM-B1 VVEL TIM-B2
Unit
Description
deg
· Indicates [deg] of VVEL control shaft angle.
Remarks
A
· Display the condition of VVEL learning
EC
VVEL LEARN
YET/DONE
YET: VVEL learning has not been performed yet. DONE: VVEL learning has already been per-
formed successfully.
NOTE:
C
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
D
Test Item
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
E
· Ignition switch: ON (Engine
VENT CONTROL/V
stopped) · Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF
with the CONSULT-III and listen
Solenoid valve makes an operating sound.
· Harness and connectors · Solenoid valve
F
to operating sound.
· Engine: Return to the original
· Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT
trouble condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see · Engine coolant temperature sen-
G
TEMP
· Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM.
sor
perature using CONSULT-III.
· Fuel injector
FUEL INJECTION
· Engine: Return to the original trouble condition
· Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III.
If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.
· Harness and connectors · Fuel injector · Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
H
I
FUEL/T TEMP SEN
· Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III.
· Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm.
J
PURG VOL
· Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to · Harness and connectors
CONT/V
volume control solenoid valve
the opening percent.
· Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
K
SULT-III.
· Ignition switch: ON (Engine
FUEL PUMP RELAY
stopped) · Turn the fuel pump relay ON and
OFF using CONSULT-III and lis-
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.
· Harness and connectors · Fuel pump relay
L
ten to operating sound.
· Engine: Return to the original
M
IGNITION TIMING
trouble condition · Timing light: Set · Retard the ignition timing using
If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.
· Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
CONSULT-III.
N
· Harness and connectors
FAN DUTY CONTROL*
· Ignition switch: ON · Change duty ratio using CON-
SULT-III.
Cooling fan speed changes.
· Cooling fan motor · Cooling fan relay · Cooling fan control module
O
· IPDM E/R
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-133
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
ALTERNATOR DUTY
· Engine: Idle · Change duty ratio using CON-
SULT-III.
Battery voltage changes.
· Harness and connectors · IPDM E/R · Alternator
POWER BALANCE
· Engine: After warming up, idle the engine.
· A/C switch OFF · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-III.
Engine runs rough or dies.
· Harness and connectors · Compression · Fuel injector · Power transistor · Spark plug · Ignition coil
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode
Test item
Corresponding DTC No.
EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442*
P0442 P0455
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456*
P0456
PURG VOL CN/V P1444
P0443
PURG FLOW P0441
P0441
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279
P0133
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289
P0130 P0153
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286
P0150
HO2S2 (B1) P1146
P0138
HO2S2 (B1) P1147
P0137
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 HO2S2 (B2) P1166
P0139 P0158
HO2S2 (B2) P1167
P0157
HO2S2 (B2) P0159
P0159
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to V36 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens.
Diagnosis Tool Function
Reference page EC-291 EC-327 EC-333 EC-297 EC-286 EC-215 EC-205 EC-215 EC-205 EC-226 EC-220 EC-234 EC-226 EC-220 EC-234
INFOID:0000000004476558
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has several functions explained below. ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-134
SEF139P
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
[VQ37VHR]
FUNCTION
A
Diagnostic Service
Function
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an-
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
EC
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) Service $03 DTCs
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-564, "DTC Index".
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which C
were stored by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
D
· Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
· Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) · Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
· Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
E
· Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
· Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
F
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
G
Service $08
--
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine
stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can
be closed.
H
In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function.
· Low ambient temperature
· Low battery voltage
· Engine running
I
· Ignition switch OFF
· Low fuel temperature
· Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
J
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect "GST" to data link connector (1), which is located under
LH dash panel near the hood opener handle.
L
M
N
JMBIA0055ZZ
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-135
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.)
[VQ37VHR]
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker.
SEF398S
SEF416S
Revision: 2009 October
EC-136
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[VQ37VHR]
A
Description
EC INFOID:0000000004673051
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in "SPEC" in "DATA MONI-
TOR" mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in "SPEC" in "DATA MONITOR" mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the C
value in "SPEC" in "DATA MONITOR" mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate D the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
· B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
E
· A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
· MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check
F
INFOID:0000000004673052
1.PRECONDITIONING G Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
TESTING CONDITION
· Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
· Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
H
· Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
· Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
· Transmission: Warmed-up
I
- For A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until "ATF
TEMP 1" (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- For M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive for 5 minutes.
J
· Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
· Engine speed: Idle
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
L
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
M
Perform "SPEC" in "DATA MONITOR" mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Select "B/FUEL SCHDL", "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2", "MAS A/F SE-B1" and "MAS A/F SE-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
N
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
O
NO >> Go to EC-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-137
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
OVERALL SEQUENCE
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673053
Revision: 2009 October
EC-138
JMBIA1468GB
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2"
JMBIA0056GB
P
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-137, "Component Function Check". 3. Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-139
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
NOTE: Check "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 17. NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2. NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK "B/FUEL SCHDL"
Select "B/FUEL SCHDL" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
3.CHECK "B/FUEL SCHDL"
Select "B/FUEL SCHDL" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2"
1. Stop the engine. 2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. 3. Start engine. 4. Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. 2. Change engine oil.
NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving conditions.
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace "fuel filter and fuel pump assembly" and then GO TO 8. NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace "fuel filter and fuel pump assembly" and then GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
8.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2"
Revision: 2009 October
EC-140
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Start engine.
2. Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that A each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform "POWER BALANCE" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode.
C
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
D
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following bellow.
· Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-507, "Component Function Check".)
· Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-496, "Component Function Check".) · Intake air leakage
F
· Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-23, "Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2"
H
1. Start engine.
2. Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
I
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
J
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1. · For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-205, "DTC Logic".
K
· For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-209, "DTC Logic".
· For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-212, "DTC Logic".
· For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-215, "DTC Logic".
L
· For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-480, "DTC Logic".
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
M
NO >> GO TO 15.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnosis Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
N
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2"
O
1. Start engine. 2. Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that P
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-141
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2"
1. Start engine. 2. Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-602, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK "B/FUEL SCHDL"
Select "B/FUEL SCHDL" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. - Engine oil level is too high - Engine oil viscosity - Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive - Noise from engine - Noise from transmission, etc. 2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. - Valve clearance malfunction - Intake valve timing control function malfunction - Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. · Crushed air ducts · Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element · Uneven dirt of air cleaner element · Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2", AND "B/FUEL SCHDL"
Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2", and "B/FUEL SCHDL" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> "B/FUEL SCHDL" is more, "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22. Revision: 2009 October
EC-142
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
22.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" A
1. Start engine.
2. Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
EC
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-177, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29. NO >> GO TO 23.
C
23.CHECK "MAS A/F SE-B1", "MAS A/F SE-B2"
Select "MAS A/F SE-B1", "MAS A/F SE-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that each D indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24.
E
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
F
2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
G
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
H
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
· Crushed air ducts
· Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
I
· Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
· Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK "B/FUEL SCHDL"
K
Select "B/FUEL SCHDL" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK "MAS A/F SE-B1", "MAS A/F SE-B2"
M
Select "MAS A/F SE-B1", "MAS A/F SE-B2" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that each
indication is within the SP value.
N
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
O
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
· Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
P
· Looseness of oil filler cap
· Disconnection of oil level gauge
· Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
· Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
· Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
· Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
Revision: 2009 October
EC-143
2009 G37 Sedan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
[VQ37VHR]
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2", AND "B/FUEL SCHDL"
Select "A/F ALPHA-B1", "A/F ALPHA-B2", and "B/FUEL SCHDL" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-602, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK "B/FUEL SCHDL"
Select "B/FUEL SCHDL" in "SPEC" of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and then make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-602, "Symptom Table".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-144
2009 G37 Sedan
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673054
EC
C
D
E
ECM
Ground
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
F
F101
8
123
124
Ground
Existed
G
M107
127
128
H
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
I
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J Check the following.
· Harness connectors F103, M116
· Harness for open or short between ECM and ground K
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
L
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
M
ECM
+
Voltage
N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F102
53
M107
128
Battery voltage
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
P
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 10 A fuse (No. 44) · Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
Revision: 2009 October
EC-145
2009 G37 Sedan
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Voltage
M107
125
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery volt-
128
age will exist for a few seconds, then drop to
approximately 0 V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R
Connector
Terminal
Ground
Voltage
E7
53
Ground
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM
+
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F101
24
M107
128
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
F101
24
Revision: 2009 October
IPDM E/R
Connector
Terminal
E7
69
Continuity Existed
EC-146
2009 G37 Sedan
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness or connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK 15A FUSE
D
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 50) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15 A fuse.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
F
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
G
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
H
ECM
IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
M107
125
E7
49
Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
J
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
· Harness or connectors E106, M6
· Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
L
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-147
2009 G37 Sedan
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673055
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673056
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
U0101
Lost communication with TCM
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
· CAN communication line between TCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or chorted)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673057
Go to LAN-19, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-148
2009 G37 Sedan
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673058
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and
VVEL control module are connected with two communication lines (CAN H line and CAN L line) and transmit/
receive data. ECM shares information and links with the VVEL control module during operation.
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000004673059
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
NOTE:
If DTC U0113 or U1003 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.
Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
U0113 U1003
CAN communication signal of OBD
(emission related diagnosis) is not re-
F
ceived VVEL control module and ECM · Harness or connectors
Lost communication with VVEL control module
for 2 seconds or more.
CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) is
(VVEL CAN communication line is open or shorted) · ECM
G
not received between VVEL control · VVEL control module
module and ECM for 2 seconds or
more.
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
K
L
M
INFOID:0000000004673060
1.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
O
ECM Connector Terminal
VVEL control module Connector Terminal
Continuity
54
24
F102
E15
Existed
55
11
5. Also check harness for short to ground and power. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-149
P 2009 G37 Sedan
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connector E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between ECM and VELL control module
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace.
4.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MOD-
ULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Reconndect all harness connectors desconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Erase DTC. 4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-149, "DTC Logic". 5. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U0113 or U1003 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> INSPECTION END
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. 2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-150
2009 G37 Sedan
U0164 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
U0164 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673061
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673062
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
E
Possible cause
U0164
Lost communication with Unified meter and A/C amp.
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) with Unified meter and A/C amp. for 2 seconds or more.
· CAN communication line between Unified meter and A/C amp. and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-151, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673063
J
Go to LAN-19, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-151
2009 G37 Sedan
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673064
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673065
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. U1001
Trouble diagnosis name
CAN communication line
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com- · Harness or connectors
munication signal other than OBD (emission related (CAN communication line is open or
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
shorted)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673066
Go to LAN-19, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-152
2009 G37 Sedan
U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673070
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and
VVEL control module are connected with two communication lines (CAN H line and CAN L line) and transmit/
receive data. ECM shares information and links with the VVEL control module during operation.
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000004673071
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
NOTE:
If DTC U1024 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.
Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
U1024
VVEL CAN communication
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
· When VVEL control module cannot transmit/receive can communication signal from ECM.
· When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of VVEL control module.
· Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
· ECM · VVEL control module
F G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-153, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
K
L
INFOID:0000000004673072
1.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
N
ECM
VVEL control module
Continuity
O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
54
24
F102
E15
Existed
55
11
P
5. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: 2009 October
EC-153
2009 G37 Sedan
U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the following. · Harness connector E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace.
4.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MOD-
ULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Erase DTC. 4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-153, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC U1024 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> INSPECTION END
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. 2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-154
2009 G37 Sedan
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673073
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
· If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-165, "DTC Logic".
C
· If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0524, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0524. Refer to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
Detecting condition
D
Possible cause
P0011 P0021
Intake valve timing control performance (bank 1)
Intake valve timing control performance (bank 2)
There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
· Crankshaft position sensor (POS) · Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
E
· Intake valve control solenoid valve
· Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
F
· Timing chain installation
· Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control
G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure H
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
M
VHCL SPEED SE
100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph)
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 60°C (140°F)
N
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 7.3 msec
Selector lever
D position (A/T) 5th position (M/T)
O
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
P
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
Revision: 2009 October
EC-155
2009 G37 Sedan
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. 2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-157, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-156
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673074 PBIA8559J
2009 G37 Sedan
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft front end · Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
front end or replace camshaft.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform "Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove". Refer to EM-104, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
JMBIA0962ZZ
D E
F G H
>> INSPECTION END
I
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673075
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
K
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
Terminals
Resistance ()
1 and 2
7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-157
L M N O P
JMBIA0079ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-158
2009 G37 Sedan
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673076
EC
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Mass air flow sensor
Engine speed Amount of intake air
C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater control
heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating D
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673077
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
F
Possible cause
P0031
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 1) control circuit low
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
· A/F sensor 1 heater
G
P0032
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 1) control circuit high
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
· A/F sensor 1 heater
H
P0051
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 2) control circuit low
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
· A/F sensor 1 heater
I
P0052
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 2) control circuit high
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
· A/F sensor 1 heater
J K
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at N
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
P
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure". NG >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-159
2009 G37 Sedan
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673078
DTC
Bank
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
P0031, P0032 1
F3
P0051, P0052 2
F20
4 Ground Battery voltage
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 15 A fuse (No. 46) · Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Continuity
P0031, P0032 1
F3
3
1
F101
Existed
P0051, P0052 2
F20
3
5
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION:
Revision: 2009 October
EC-160
2009 G37 Sedan
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
· Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
A
· Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
EC
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> Repair or replace.
Component Inspection
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. 3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
D
INFOID:0000000004673079
E
F
Terminal
Resistance ()
G
3 and 4
1.8 - 2.44 [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 4 and 1, 2
(Continuity should not exist)
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
J
CAUTION:
· Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
K
· Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
L
>> INSPECTION END M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-161
2009 G37 Sedan
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673080
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine coolant temperature heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Above 3,600 Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. · Engine: After warming up · Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater OFF ON
INFOID:0000000004673081
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0037
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 1) control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 1) control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 2) control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 2) control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
· Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. Revision: 2009 October
EC-162
2009 G37 Sedan
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
C
Is 1st tip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
D
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673082
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
HO2S2
I
DTC
Ground
Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1
F54
2
Ground Battery voltage
J
P0057, P0058 2
F53
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
L
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· IPDM E/R harness connector E7
· 15 A fuse (No. 46)
M
· Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
HO2S2
ECM
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1
F54
3
17
F101
Existed
P0057, P0058 2
F53
3
33
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-163
2009 G37 Sedan
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
[VQ37VHR]
Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: · Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. · Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. 3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
INFOID:0000000004673083
Terminal
Resistance ()
2 and 3
3.4 - 4.4 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 4 and 1, 2, 3
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: · Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. · Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-164
2009 G37 Sedan
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve angle. The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673084
EC
C
D
PBIB1842E
E
INFOID:0000000004673085
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
P0075
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) circuit An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
· Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid
through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
P0081
Intake valve timing control so- valve. lenoid valve (bank 2) circuit
· Intake valve timing control solenoid
H
valve
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
M
N
INFOID:0000000004673086
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
P
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
DTC
P0075 P0081
IVT control solenoid valve
Bank Connector Terminal
1
F28
2
2
F29
2
Revision: 2009 October
Ground
Voltage
Ground Battery voltage
EC-165
2009 G37 Sedan
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
DTC
IVT control solenoid valve
ECM
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Continuity
P0075
1
F28
1
18
F101
Existed
P0081
2
F29
1
29
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-166, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
INFOID:0000000004673087
Terminals
Resistance ()
1 and 2
7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-166
2009 G37 Sedan
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
JMBIA0079ZZ
D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-167
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
Description
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673088
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
PBIA9559J INFOID:0000000004673089
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
A)
P0101
Mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit range/ performance
B)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Mass air flow sensor · EVAP control system pressure
sensor
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Intake air leaks · Mass air flow sensor · EVAP control system pressure
sensor · Intake air temperature sensor
P010B
· Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
A)
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
shorted.)
under light load driving condition.
· Mass air flow sensor
· EVAP control system pressure
Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) circuit range/ performance
sensor
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
B)
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM un- · Intake air leaks
der heavy load driving condition.
· Mass air flow sensor
· EVAP control system pressure
sensor
· Intake air temperature sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2. Revision: 2009 October
EC-168
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON)
instead of running engine at idle speed. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
EC
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR FUNCTION
D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
E
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the voltage of "MAS A/F SE-B1/B2" with "DATA MONI-
TOR".
F
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
I
J
K
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,400 rpm*1 More than 2,000 rpm*2
TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1
More than 2 V More than 2 V
TP SEN 1-B2
More than 2 V
TP SEN 2-B2 Selector lever
More than 2 V Suitable position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
*1: ECM part number is follows. · 23710 1NC4A · 23710 1NC5A · 23710 1NC6A
Revision: 2009 October
EC-169
L
PBIB3457E
M N O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· 23710 1NC7A · 23710 1NC8A · 23710 1NC9A · 23710 JU60A · 23710 JU61A
*2: ECM part number is follows. · 23710 1NC4B · 23710 1NC5B · 23710 1NC6B · 23710 1NC7B · 23710 1NC8B · 23710 1NC9B · 23710 JU60B · 23710 JU61B
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st rip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
[VQ37VHR]
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-170, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673090
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select Service $01 with GST. 3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. 4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-168, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A
>> GO TO 3.
B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-170
SEF534P INFOID:0000000004673091
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the following for connection. · Air duct · Vacuum hoses · Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F
DTC
MAF sensor
Ground
Voltage
G
Bank Connector Terminal
P0101
1
F31
5
P010B
2
F42
Ground Battery voltage 5
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
I
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
J
· Harness connectors E106, M6
· Harness connectors M116, F103
· Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
K
· Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
M
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor
ECM
N
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0101
1
F31
4
68
F102
Existed
O
P010B
2
F42
4
94
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-171
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
DTC
MAF sensor
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0101
1
F31
P010B
2
F42
3
77
F102
Existed
3
79
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-178, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Connect CONSULT-III and select "DATA MONITOR" mode. 5. Select "MAS A/F SE-B1" and "MAS A/F SE-B2", and check the indication.
INFOID:0000000004673092
Monitor item
Condition
Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 0.4
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-172
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. A
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
EC
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 0.4
77
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
C
[MAF sensor (bank 1)
68
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
D
F102
Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4
79
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
E
[MAF sensor (bank 2)
94
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
F
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
I
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
K
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT-III
L
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select "DATA MONITOR" mode.
M
4. Select "MAS A/F SE-B1" and "MAS A/F SE-B2", and check the indication.
Monitor item
Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Indication (V)
N
Approx. 0.4
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
O
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
P
Without CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-173
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1)
signal]
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 68 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
F102
Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2)
signal]
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 94 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
Voltage (V)
Approx. 0.4 0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Connect CONSULT-III and select "DATA MONITOR" mode. 5. Select "MAS A/F SE-B1" and "MAS A/F SE-B2", and check the indication.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 0.4
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-174
2009 G37 Sedan
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
A
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Voltage (V)
EC
Approx. 0.4
77
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
[MAF sensor (bank 1)
68
C
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
F102
Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
D
Approx. 0.4
79
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
E
[MAF sensor (bank 2)
94
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
F
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
G
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-175
2009 G37 Sedan
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
Description
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673093
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
PBIA9559J INFOID:0000000004673094
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0102
Mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Intake air leaks · Mass air flow sensor
P0103
Mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Mass air flow sensor
P010C
Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Intake air leaks · Mass air flow sensor
P010D
Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Mass air flow sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2. P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 AND P010C
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 AND P010D-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-176
2009 G37 Sedan
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 AND P010D-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2. P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection. · Air duct · Vacuum hoses · Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
INFOID:0000000004673095
D
E
F
G H
I
J
K
L
M
MAF sensor
DTC
Ground
Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0102, P0103 1
F31
5
N
Ground Battery voltage
P010C, P010D 2
F42
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
O
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E106, M6
· Harness connectors M116, F103
· Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
· Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-177
2009 G37 Sedan
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
MAF sensor
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0102, P0103 1
F31
P010C, P010D 2
F42
4
68
F102
Existed
4
94
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
MAF sensor
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0102, P0103 1
F31
P010C, P010D 2
F42
3
77
F102
Existed
3
79
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-178, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Connect CONSULT-III and select "DATA MONITOR" mode. 5. Select "MAS A/F SE-B1" and "MAS A/F SE-B2", and check the indication.
INFOID:0000000004673096
Monitor item
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Indication (V) Approx. 0.4
0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7 0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
Revision: 2009 October
EC-178
2009 G37 Sedan
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
EC
Connector
ECM + Terminal
Terminal
Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
C
Voltage (V)
Approx. 0.4
D
77
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
[MAF sensor (bank 1)
68
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
E
F102
Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
Approx. 0.4
F
79
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
[MAF sensor (bank 2)
94
G
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
J
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
K
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
M
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
N
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select "DATA MONITOR" mode.
4. Select "MAS A/F SE-B1" and "MAS A/F SE-B2", and check the indication.
O
Monitor item
Condition
Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 0.4
P
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-179
2009 G37 Sedan
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1)
signal]
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 68 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
F102
Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2)
signal]
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 94 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
Voltage (V)
Approx. 0.4 0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Connect CONSULT-III and select "DATA MONITOR" mode. 5. Select "MAS A/F SE-B1" and "MAS A/F SE-B2", and check the indication.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 0.4
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1 1.4 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-180
2009 G37 Sedan
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
A
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Voltage (V)
EC
Approx. 0.4
77
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
[MAF sensor (bank 1)
68
C
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
F102
Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
D
Approx. 0.4
79
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.1
E
[MAF sensor (bank 2)
94
signal]
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.4 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
F
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
G
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-181
2009 G37 Sedan
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is placed at intake manifold collector. It detects intake manifold pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673097
DTC Logic
JMBIA0877ZZ INFOID:0000000004673098
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P010A is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P010A
Manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit
· An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedur before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st rip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673099
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect manifold absolute oressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-182
2009 G37 Sedan
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between MAP sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A
MAP sensor
Connector
Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
EC
F50
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
MAP sensor
ECM
Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
F50
3
F102
96
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
4.CHECK MAP SENSOR INTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
MAP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
F50
2
F101
38
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MAP SENSOR
L
Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace MAP sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
N
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK MAP SENSOR-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
O
INFOID:0000000004673100
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-183
2009 G37 Sedan
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
+
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
F101
38
F102
96
NOTE: · To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine
is stopped. · Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric
pressure and altitude. 5. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE: As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the pressure with the following chart.
Altitude (m)
Compensated pressure (hPa)
0
0
200
-24
400
-47
600
-70
800
-92
1000
-114
1500
-168
2000
-218
6. Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.
Atmospheric pressure (hPa)
Voltage (V)
800
3.1 3.7
850
3.3 3.9
900
3.5 4.1
950
3.8 4.3
1000
4.0 4.6
1050
4.2 4.8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace MAP sensor.
2.CHECK MAP SENSOR-II
1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Check intake manifold vacuum. 3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
JMBIA0870GB
ECM
+
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
F101
38
F102
96
4. Confirm the difference of the voltage when engine is stopped and at idling is within the values shown in the following chart.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-184
2009 G37 Sedan
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Intake manifold vacuum
Voltage difference (V)
-40kPa (-300mmHg)
1.5 2.0
-53.3kPa (-400mmHg)
2.0 2.6
-66.7kPa (-500mmHg)
2.6 3.2
-80kPa (-600mmHg)
3.2 3.8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace MAP sensor.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-185
2009 G37 Sedan
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Description
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673101
<Reference data>
PBIA9559J
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 67 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 68 (Sensor ground).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
SEF012P INFOID:0000000004673102
DTC No. P0112 P0113
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input
Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Intake air temperature sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following prosedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-186
2009 G37 Sedan
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673103
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
C
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (bank1) (intake air temperature sensor is built-into) harness con- D
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector and ground.
E
MAF sensor (bank 1)
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F
F31
2
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
G
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
MAF sensor (bank 1)
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31
1
F102
68
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank1) (with intake air temperature sensor).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. 3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) terminals as follows.
J
K L
M
N
O
INFOID:0000000004673104
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-187
2009 G37 Sedan
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
1 and 2
Temperature [ °C (°F)]
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-188
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0116 ECT SENSOR
P0116 ECT SENSOR
Description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673105
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
-10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 71 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
DTC Logic
F
G
H
SEF012P
I
INFOID:0000000004673106
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
J
NOTE:
If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117,
P0118. Refer to EC-191, "DTC Logic".
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0116
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/performance
Engine coolant temperature signal from engine coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate, even when some time has passed after starting the engine with pre-warming up condition.
· Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the circuit)
· Engine coolant temperature sensor
L
M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure N
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
P
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than 10 minutes. 3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-189
2009 G37 Sedan
P0116 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
4. Check resistance between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)" terminals 4 and 5. 5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)" terminals 4 and
5 becomes 0.5 k higher than the value measured before soaking. CAUTION: Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking. NOTE: Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours. 6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes. 7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673107
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
INFOID:0000000004673108
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)]
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
JMBIA0080ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-190
2009 G37 Sedan
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673109
EC
C
D
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 71 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
SEF594K
E
F
G
H
SEF012P
I
INFOID:0000000004673110
J
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis Name
DTC Detecting Condition
Possible Cause
K
P0117
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
L
P0118
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is · Engine coolant temperature sensor sent to ECM.
M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- N
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-191
P 2009 G37 Sedan
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673111
ECT sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
F17
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECT sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F17
2
F102
84
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-192, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
INFOID:0000000004673112
Revision: 2009 October
EC-192
2009 G37 Sedan
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
20 (68)
2.37 - 2.63
1 and 2 Temperature °C (°F) 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
JMBIA0080ZZ
D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-193
2009 G37 Sedan
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673113
DTC Logic
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004673114
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0122, P0123, P0227 or P0228 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0122 P0123 P0227 P0228
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
· Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2)
Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-194
2009 G37 Sedan
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673115
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
C
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
E
DTC
Electric throttle control actuator Bank Connector Terminal
Ground Voltage (V)
P0122, P0123 1
F6
6
F
Ground Approx. 5
P0227, P0228 2
F27
1
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- I nector.
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
J
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0122, P0123 1
F6
3
40
P0227, P0228 2
F27
F101
Existed
4
48
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. N
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
P0122, P0123 1
F6
5
34
F101
Existed
P0227, P0228 2
F27
3
35
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-195
2009 G37 Sedan
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-196, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673116
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position. 6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)]
40
Fully released Fully depressed
Fully released
31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2)]
48
Fully depressed
F101
Accelerator pedal
Fully released
34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)]
40
Fully depressed
35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2)]
48
Fully released Fully depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-196, "Special Repair Requirement".
Voltage (V)
More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673117
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Revision: 2009 October
EC-196
2009 G37 Sedan
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-197
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0125 ECT SENSOR
P0125 ECT SENSOR
Description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673118
<Reference data>
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.37 - 2.63
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 71 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
DTC Logic
SEF012P INFOID:0000000004673119
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-191, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0125
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control
· Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine.
· Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit)
· Engine coolant temperature sensor · Thermostat
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that "COOLAN TEMP/S" is above 10°C (50°F).
Is the temperature above 10°C (50°F)?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-198
2009 G37 Sedan
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[VQ37VHR]
A
1.
Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. If "COOLAN TEMP/S" increases to more than 10°C (50°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
EC
the test result will be OK.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
C
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure"
D
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
INFOID:0000000004673120
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
G
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-199, "Component Inspection".
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
I
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine J coolant does not flow.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
K
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
M
INFOID:0000000004673121
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-199
2009 G37 Sedan
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
1 and 2
Temperature [°C (°F)]
20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194)
2.37 - 2.63 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0080ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-200
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0127 IAT SENSOR
P0127 IAT SENSOR
Description
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673122
EC
C
D
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
25 (77)
3.3
1.800 - 2.200
80 (176)
1.2
0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 67 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 68 (Sensor ground).
PBIA9559J
E
F
G H
DTC Logic
SEF012P
I
INFOID:0000000004673123
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0127
Intake air temperature too high
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is · Harness or connectors
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
· Intake air temperature sensor
K
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure M before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
N
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
P
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F) - Turn ignition switch ON. - Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. - Check the engine coolant temperature. - If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-201
2009 G37 Sedan
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NOTE: Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F). 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Start engine. 5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673124
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. 3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) terminals as follows.
INFOID:0000000004673125
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
1 and 2
Temperature [°C (°F)]
25 (77)
1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1).
Revision: 2009 October
EC-202
2009 G37 Sedan
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673126
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306. Refer to EC-264.
C
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat being stuck open. D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0128
Thermostat function
The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough.
· Thermostat · Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
stat · Engine coolant temperature sensor
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
· For best results, perform at ambient temperature of 10°C (14°F) or higher. · For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of 10°C (14°F) to 56°C (133°F).
I
· Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn A/C switch OFF.
K
2. Turn blower fan switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select "COOLAN TEMP/S" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
L
5. Check the indication of "COOLAN TEMP/S".
If it is below 56°C (133°F), go to the next steps.
If it is above 56°C (133°F), cool engine down to less than 56°C (133°F). Then go to next step.
6. Start engine.
M
7. Drive cehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 56 km/h (35MPH)
N
If "COOLAN TEMP/S" increases to more than 75°C (167°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch
OFF because the test result will be OK.
CAUTION:
O
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
P
YES >> Go to EC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673127
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-204, "Component Inspection".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-203
2009 G37 Sedan
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace thermostat.
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
1 and 2
Temperature [°C (°F)]
20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194)
2.37 - 2.63 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673128 JMBIA0080ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-204
2009 G37 Sedan
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
Description
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F).
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673129
EC
C
D
JMBIA0112GB
E
F
G
H
DTC Logic
PBIB3354E
I
INFOID:0000000004673130
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig- J nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
K
P0130 P0150
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
than approx. 2.2 V.
L
(bank 1) circuit
B)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
· Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
or shorted.)
M
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other
· A/F sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
than approx. 2.2 V.
(bank 2) circuit
B)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
N
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
O
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
P
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. Revision: 2009 October
EC-205
2009 G37 Sedan
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
[VQ37VHR]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. 3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select "A/F SEN1 (B1)" or "A/F SEN1 (B2)" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "A/F SEN1 (B1)" or "A/F SEN1 (B2)" indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I
1. Select "A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276" (for DTC P0130) or "A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286" (for DTC P0150) of "A/F SEN1" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Touch "START". 3. When the following conditions are met, "TESTING" will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
ENG SPEED
1,100 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever
D position (A/T) 5th position (M/T)
If "TESTING" is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is "TESTING" displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does "TESTING" change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6. OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III
Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULT".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-207, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-206
2009 G37 Sedan
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673131
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
EC
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
C
3. Shift the selector lever to D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully
until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
CAUTION:
D
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
E
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
F
8. Restart engine.
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
G
11. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
INFOID:0000000004673132
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
K
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
M
DTC
Bank
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
P0130
1
F3
4
N
Ground Battery voltage
P0150
2
F20
4
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
P
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 15 A fuse (No. 46) · Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-207
2009 G37 Sedan
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130
1
F3
P0150
2
F20
1
57
2
61
F102
Existed
1
65
2
66
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
DTC P0130 P0150
Bank 1 2
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
1 F3
2 1 F20 2
Ground Continuity Ground Not existed
DTC
ECM Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
P0130
1
P0150
2
F102
57 61
Ground Not existed 65 66
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: · Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. · Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-208
2009 G37 Sedan
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
Description
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F).
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673133
EC
C
D
JMBIA0112GB
E
F
G
H
DTC Logic
PBIB3354E
I
INFOID:0000000004673134
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig- J nal is not inordinately low.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
K
P0131 P0151
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
· Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit low voltage · The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V.
shorted.)
L
(bank 2) circuit low voltage
· A/F sensor 1
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION:
O
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select "A/F SEN1 (B1)" or "A/F SEN1 (B2)" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "A/F SEN1 (B1)" or "A/F SEN1 (B2)" indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-209
2009 G37 Sedan
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Restart engine. 5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED VHCL SPEED SE
1,000 - 3,200 rpm More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
NOTE: · Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising. · If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
1. 7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673135
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
DTC
Bank
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
P0130
1
F3
P0150
2
F20
4 Ground Battery voltage
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 15 A fuse (No. 46) · Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
Revision: 2009 October
EC-210
2009 G37 Sedan
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
[VQ37VHR]
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
C
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
57
P0130
1
F3
2
61
D
F102
Existed
1
65
P0150
2
F20
2
66
E
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
F
A/F sensor 1
DTC
Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
1
G
P0130
1
F3
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0150
2
F20
H
2
ECM
I
DTC
Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
57
P0130
1
61
J
F102
Ground Not existed
65
P0150
2
66
K
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
N
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
O
CAUTION:
· Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
P
· Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-211
2009 G37 Sedan
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
Description
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F).
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673136
JMBIA0112GB
DTC Logic
PBIB3354E INFOID:0000000004673137
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
P0132 P0152
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit high voltage
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit high voltage
· The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V.
· Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
· A/F sensor 1
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select "A/F SEN1 (B1)" or "A/F SEN1 (B2)" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "A/F SEN1 (B1)" or "A/F SEN1 (B2)" indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-212
2009 G37 Sedan
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Go to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[VQ37VHR]
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
D
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
E
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
NOTE:
F
· Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
· If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
1.
G
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
INFOID:0000000004673138
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
J
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
M
A/F sensor 1
DTC
Ground
Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
N
P0130
1
F3
4
Ground Battery voltage
P0150
2
F20
4
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
P
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 15 A fuse (No. 46) · Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
Revision: 2009 October
EC-213
2009 G37 Sedan
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130
1
F3
P0150
2
F20
1
57
2
61
F102
Existed
1
65
2
66
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
DTC P0130 P0150
Bank 1 2
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
1 F3
2 1 F20 2
Ground Continuity Ground Not existed
DTC
ECM Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
P0130
1
P0150
2
F102
57 61
Ground Not existed 65 66
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: · Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. · Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-214
2009 G37 Sedan
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
Description
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F).
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673139
EC
C
D
JMBIA0112GB
E
F
G
H
DTC Logic
PBIB3354E
I
INFOID:0000000004673140
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ J
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
P0133 P0153
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
· Harness or connectors
L
(bank 1) circuit slow re-
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
sponse
shorted.)
· A/F sensor 1
· The response of the A/F signal computed by · A/F sensor 1 heater
M
ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than · Fuel pressure
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 the specified time.
· Fuel injector
(bank 2) circuit slow response
· Intake air leaks · Exhaust gas leaks
N
· PCV
· Mass air flow sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
O
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure P before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-215
2009 G37 Sedan
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
[VQ37VHR]
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. 6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 7. Select "A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279" (for DTC P0133) or "A/F SEN1(B2) P1288/P1289" (for DTC P0153)
of "A/F SEN1" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III. 8. Touch "START".
Is "COMPLETED" displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 3 NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULT".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. After perform the following procedure, "TESTING" will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. - Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. - Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If "TESTING" is not displayed after 10 seconds, go to EC-137, "Component Function Check". 2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that "TESTING" is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen. 3. Make sure that "TESTING" changes to "COMPLETED".
If "TESTING" changed to "OUT OF CONDITION", go to EC-137, "Component Function Check". 4. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULT".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select Service $01 with GST. 3. Calculate the total value of "Short term fuel trim" and "Long term fuel trim" indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Intake air leaks · Exhaust gas leaks · Incorrect fuel pressure · Lack of fuel · Fuel injector · Incorrect PCV hose connection · PCV valve · Mass air flow sensor
Revision: 2009 October
EC-216
2009 G37 Sedan
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[VQ37VHR]
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
C
7. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
D
YES >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
E
INFOID:0000000004673141
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
H
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
I
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
J
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
K
L
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
M
PBIB1922E
N
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
O
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 5.
P
5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-217
2009 G37 Sedan
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic" or EC-244, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
DTC
Bank
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
P0133
1
F3
P0153
2
F20
4 Ground Battery voltage
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 15 A fuse (No. 46) · Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0133
1
F3
P0153
2
F20
1
57
2
61
F102
Existed
1
65
2
66
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
DTC P0133 P0153
Bank 1 2
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
1 F3
2 1 F20 2
Ground Continuity Ground Not existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-218
2009 G37 Sedan
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
A
DTC
Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
57
P0133
1
EC
61
F102
Ground Not existed
65
P0153
2
66
C
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
D
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
E
Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
F
NO >> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
G Check both mass air flow sensor (bank 1 and bank 2).
Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
I
Refer to EC-518, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
J
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
L
NO >> Repair or replace.
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
M
CAUTION:
· Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
N
· Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
O
>> INSPECTION END P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-219
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
Description
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673142
SEF327R INFOID:0000000004673143
SEF259VA
DTC No. P0137 P0157
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit low voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit low voltage
The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the specified voltage.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2 · Fuel pressure · Fuel injector · Intake air leaks
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform "DTC WORK SUPPORT" at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
>> GO TO 3. Revision: 2009 October
EC-220
2009 G37 Sedan
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that "COOLAN TEMP/S" indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when "COOLAN TEMP/S" indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
D
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select "HO2S2 (B1) P1147" (for DTC P0137) or "HO2S2 (B2) P1167" (for DTC P0157) of "HO2S2" in
"DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
E
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until "COMPLETED" is displayed.
12. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
F
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
H
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
I
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-221, "Component Function Check".
J
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673144
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
N
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
O
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P
P0137 P0157
F102
76 80
84
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
least 10 times
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-221
2009 G37 Sedan
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P0137
76
F102
P0157
80
84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P0137 P0157
F102
76 80
84
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T)
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673145
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
P0137 P0157
Bank 1 2
HO2S2
ECM
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54
1
F102
84
F53
1
Continuity Existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-222
2009 G37 Sedan
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
DTC
HO2S2
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137
1
F54
4
76
D
F102
Existed
P0157
2
F53
4
80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
E
DTC
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
F
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137
1
F54
4
P0157
2
F53
Ground Not existed 4
G
DTC
ECM
Ground Continuity
H
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137
1
76
F102
Ground Not existed
P0157
2
80
I
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
K
Refer to EC-224, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
L
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
M Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
· Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
N
· Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
O
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-223
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Component Inspection
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673146
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Select "FUEL INJECTION" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode, and select "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III. 7. Check "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" at idle speed when adjusting "FUEL INJECTION" to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
"HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" should be above 0.68 V at least once when the "FUEL INJECTION" is +25%. "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" should be below 0.18 V at least once when the "FUEL INJECTION" is -25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
F102
76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)]
80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)]
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
84
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
least 10 times
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-224
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
A
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
EC
76
[HO2S2
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
F102
(bank 1)] 80
84
Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
C
[HO2S2
least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
F
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
G
76
[HO2S2
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
F102
(bank 1)] 80
84
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T)
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
H
[HO2S2
least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
J
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION:
K
· Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
· Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor L
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
M
>> INSPECTION END
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-225
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Description
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673147
SEF327R INFOID:0000000004673148
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. MALFUNCTION A To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
MALFUNCTION B To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
DTC No. P0138
Trouble diagnosis name
A) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit high voltage
B)
DTC detecting condition An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.
PBIB2376E
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2 · Fuel pressure · Fuel injector
Revision: 2009 October
EC-226
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VQ37VHR]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
A
A)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit high volt-
· Harness or connectors
EC
age
B)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) · Heated oxygen sensor 2 · Fuel pressure · Fuel injector
C
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A G
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
I
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
J
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
K
For better results, perform "DTC WORK SUPPORT" at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that "COOLAN TEMP/S" indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when "COOLAN TEMP/S" indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
N
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select "HO2S2 (B1) P1146" (for DTC P0138) or "HO2S2 (B2) P1166" (for DTC P0158) of "HO2S2" in
"DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III.
O
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until "COMPLETED" is displayed.
12. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
P
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Revision: 2009 October
EC-227
2009 G37 Sedan
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
[VQ37VHR]
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-228, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673149
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P0138 P0158
F102
76 80
84
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
least 10 times
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P0138 P0158
F102
76 80
84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
DTC
P0138 P0158
Connector F102
ECM +
Terminal 76 80
Terminal
84
Condition
Voltage
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T)
least once during this procedure.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-228
2009 G37 Sedan
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.INSPECTION START
[VQ37VHR]
A EC INFOID:0000000004673150
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-226, "DTC Logic".
C
Which malfunction is detected?
A
>> GO TO 2
B
>> GO TO 9.
D
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
F
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
DTC
HO2S2
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138
1
F54
1
I
F102
84
Existed
P0158
2
F53
1
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. L
HO2S2
ECM
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
P0138
1
F54
4
76
F102
Existed
P0158
2
F53
4
80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector ground, or ECM harness connector and ground. N
HO2S2
DTC
Ground Continuity Bank Connector Terminal
O
P0138
1
F54
4
Ground Not existed
P0158
2
F53
4
P
DTC
P0138 P0158
ECM Bank Connector
1 F102
2
Terminal 76 80
Ground Continuity Ground Not existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-229
2009 G37 Sedan
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
[VQ37VHR]
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: · Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. · Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
10.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-244, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-230
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VQ37VHR]
HO2S2
ECM
A
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138
1
F54
1
F102
84
Existed
EC
P0158
2
F53
1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
HO2S2
ECM
DTC
Continuity Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138
1
F54
4
76
F
F102
Existed
P0158
2
F53
4
80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
G
DTC
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
H
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138
1
F54
4
Ground Not existed
P0158
2
F53
4
I
ECM
DTC
Ground Continuity
J
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138
1
76
F102
Ground Not existed
P0158
2
80
K
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
L
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M
Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
N
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
O
CAUTION:
· Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
P
· Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: 2009 October
EC-231
2009 G37 Sedan
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673151
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Select "FUEL INJECTION" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode, and select "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III. 7. Check "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" at idle speed when adjusting "FUEL INJECTION" to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
"HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" should be above 0.68 V at least once when the "FUEL INJECTION" is +25%. "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" should be below 0.18 V at least once when the "FUEL INJECTION" is -25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
76
[HO2S2
(bank 1)]
F102
84
80
[HO2S2
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
Condition
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
EC-232
Voltage
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure.
2009 G37 Sedan
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
[VQ37VHR]
A
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
EC
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
C
F102
76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)]
80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)]
84
Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
once during this procedure.
D
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least
once during this procedure.
E
F
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. G
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
H
F102
76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)]
80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)]
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least I
84
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi- once during this procedure.
tion (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T)
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least
once during this procedure.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
K
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
L
CAUTION:
· Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
M
· Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool). N
>> INSPECTION END O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-233
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Description
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673152
SEF327R INFOID:0000000004673153
SEF302U
DTC No. P0139 P0159
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit slow response
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit slow response
It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Heated oxygen sensor 2 · Fuel pressure · Fuel injector · Intake air leaks
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform "DTC WORK SUPPORT" at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3. Revision: 2009 October
EC-234
2009 G37 Sedan
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that "COOLAN TEMP/S" indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when "COOLAN TEMP/S" indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). D 9. Open engine hood.
10. Select "HO2S2 (B1) P0139" or "HO2S2 (B2) P0159" of "HO2S2" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with
CONSULT-III.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
E
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until "COMPLETED" is displayed.
12. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
F
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
H
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
I
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-235, "Component Function Check".
J
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673154
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
N
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
O
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P
P0139 P0159
F102
76 80
84
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
least 10 times
0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-235
2009 G37 Sedan
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P0139 P0159
F102
76 80
84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
A change of voltage should be more than 0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
DTC
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Voltage
P0139 P0159
F102
76 80
84
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- A change of voltage should be more than
sition (A/T), 4th gear positon (M/T)
0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673155
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic" or EC-244, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-236
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VQ37VHR]
HO2S2
ECM
A
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139
1
F54
1
F102
84
Existed
EC
P0159
2
F53
1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
HO2S2
ECM
DTC
Continuity Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139
1
F54
4
76
F
F102
Existed
P0159
2
F53
4
80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
G
DTC
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
H
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139
1
F54
4
Ground Not existed
P0159
2
F53
4
I
ECM
DTC
Ground Continuity
J
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139
1
76
F102
Ground Not existed
P0159
2
80
K
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M
Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
N
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
O
CAUTION:
· Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
P
· Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: 2009 October
EC-237
2009 G37 Sedan
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673156
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Select "FUEL INJECTION" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode, and select "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III. 7. Check "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" at idle speed when adjusting "FUEL INJECTION" to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
"HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" should be above 0.68 V at least once when the "FUEL INJECTION" is +25%. "HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)" should be below 0.18 V at least once when the "FUEL INJECTION" is -25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
76
[HO2S2
(bank 1)]
F102
84
80
[HO2S2
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
Condition
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
EC-238
Voltage
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure.
2009 G37 Sedan
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
[VQ37VHR]
A
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
EC
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
C
F102
76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)]
80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)]
84
Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
once during this procedure.
D
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least
once during this procedure.
E
F
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. G
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage
H
F102
76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)]
80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)]
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least I
84
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi- once during this procedure.
tion (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T)
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least
once during this procedure.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
K
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
L
CAUTION:
· Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
M
· Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool). N
>> INSPECTION END O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-239
2009 G37 Sedan
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673157
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor A/F sensor 1
Input signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal)
ECM function Fuel injection control
Actuator Fuel injector
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0171 P0174
Fuel injection system too lean (bank 1)
Fuel injection system too lean (bank 2)
· Fuel injection system does not operate properly. · The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
· Intake air leaks · A/F sensor 1 · Fuel injector · Exhaust gas leaks · Incorrect fuel pressure · Lack of fuel · Mass air flow sensor · Incorrect PCV hose connection
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depess accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-240
2009 G37 Sedan
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Start engine. 4. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F
INFOID:0000000004673158
G H
I
J
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
PBIB1922E
K L
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
M
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
N
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
O
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-241
2009 G37 Sedan
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0171
1
F3
P0174
2
F20
1
57
2
61
F102
Existed
1
65
2
66
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
DTC P0171 P0174
Bank 1 2
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
1 F3
2 1 F20 2
Ground Continuity Ground Not existed
DTC
ECM Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
P0171
1
P0174
2
F102
57 61
Ground Not existed 65 66
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". 2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace "fuel filter and fuel pump assembly". NO >> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check "MASS AIR FLOW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-242
2009 G37 Sedan
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
A
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-III
C
1. Start engine.
2. Perform "POWER BALANCE" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
D
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
E
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. 3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. 4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2. 6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. 8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 1. For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 2.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PBIB3332E
H
I J
K L
M
N
PBIB1726E
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-243
2009 G37 Sedan
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673159
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor A/F sensor 1
Input signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal)
ECM function Fuel injection control
Actuator Fuel injector
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0172 P0175
Fuel injection system too rich (bank 1)
Fuel injection system too rich (bank 2)
· Fuel injection system does not operate properly. · The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
· A/F sensor 1 · Fuel injector · Exhaust gas leaks · Incorrect fuel pressure · Mass air flow sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing aaccelerrtor pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-244
2009 G37 Sedan
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Start engine. 3. Maintain the following conditons for at lest 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
CAUTION: Always drive cehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E
INFOID:0000000004673160
F G
H
I
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
PBIB1922E
J
K
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected? L
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
N
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
O
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
57
P0172
1
F3
2
61
P
F102
Existed
1
65
P0175
2
F20
2
66
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-245
2009 G37 Sedan
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
DTC P0172 P0175
Bank 1 2
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
1 F3
2 1 F20 2
Ground Continuity Ground Not existed
DTC
ECM Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
P0172
1
P0175
2
F102
57 61
Ground Not existed 65 66
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". 2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace "fuel filter and fuel pump assembly".
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check "MASS AIR FLOW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in "Service $01" with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform "POWER BALANCE" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-246
2009 G37 Sedan
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
7.CHECK FUELINJECTOR
PBIB3332E
D
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
E
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
F
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel that does not drip from fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
I >> INSPECTION END
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-247
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0181 FTT SENSOR
P0181 FTT SENSOR
Description
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. <Reference data>
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673161
Fluid temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
SEF012P
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 128 (ECM ground).
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673162
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0181
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1. Select "COOLAN TEMP/S" in "DATA MONITOR" with CONSULT-III. 2. Check "COOLAN TEMP/S" value.
"COOLAN TEMP/S" less than 60°C (140°F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Cool engine down until "COOLAN TEMP/S" is less than 60°C (140°F). 2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-248
2009 G37 Sedan
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673163
EC
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION C 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
E
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
F
NO >> Go to MWI-54, "Component Function Check".
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
4. Check the voltage between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and
I
fuel pump
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
B22
4
Ground
Approx. 5
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
K
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
L
· Harness connectors M7, B1
· Harness for open or short between ECM and "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump"
M >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
2. Disconnect "unified meter and A/C amp." harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector and "unified meter
and A/C amp." harness connector.
O
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Connector Terminal
Continuity
B22
5
M67
58
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-249
P 2009 G37 Sedan
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
[VQ37VHR]
Check the following. · Harness connectors M7, B1 · Harness for open or short between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" and "unified meter and A/C amp."
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
7.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump".
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector. 3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. 4. Check resistance between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump"
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
INFOID:0000000004673164
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
4 and 5 Temperature [°C (°F)]
20 (68) 50 (122)
2.3 - 2.7 0.79 - 0.90
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump".
JMBIA0167ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-250
2009 G37 Sedan
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673165
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. <Reference data>
Fluid temperature [°C (°F)]
20 (68)
Voltage* (V) 3.5
Resistance (k) 2.3 - 2.7
EC
C
D
SEF012P
E
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 128 (ECM
ground).
F
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673166
G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
H
P0182 P0183
Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is · Fuel tank temperature sensor
I
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
N
O
INFOID:0000000004673167
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Revision: 2009 October
EC-251
2009 G37 Sedan
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to MWI-54, "Component Function Check".
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
B22
4
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M7, B1 · Harness for open or short between ECM and "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump"
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect "unified meter and A/C amp." harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector and "unified meter
and A/C amp." harness connector.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Connector Terminal
Continuity
B22
5
M67
58
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M7, B1 · Harness for open or short between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" and "unified meter and A/C amp."
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
7.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-253, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump".
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: 2009 October
EC-252
2009 G37 Sedan
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector. 3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. 4. Check resistance between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump"
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
4 and 5 Temperature [°C (°F)]
20 (68) 50 (122)
2.3 - 2.7 0.79 - 0.90
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump".
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC INFOID:0000000004673168
C
D
E
F
JMBIA0167ZZ
G
H
I
J
K L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-253
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0196 EOT SENSOR
P0196 EOT SENSOR
Description
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673169
<Reference data>
SEF594K
Engine oil temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
110 (230)
0.6
0.143 - 0.153
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 78 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
DTC Logic
SEF012P INFOID:0000000004673170
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0196 is displayed with P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197 or P0198. Refer to EC-257, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0196
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Engine oil temperature sensor range/performance
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Engine oil temperature sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-254
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0196 EOT SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
A
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
EC
YES >> EC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
C
1. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that "COOLAN TEMP/S" indicates above 80°C (176°F).
If it is above 80°C (176°F), go to the following steps.
D
If it is below 80°C (176°F), warm engine up until "COOLAN TEMP/S" indicates more than 80°C (176°F).
Then perform the following steps.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle in a cool place.
E
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
NOTE:
F
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 10.
7. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Check the following.
G
COOLAN TEMP/S INT/A TEMP SE
Below 40°C (104°F)
Below 40°C (104°F)
H
Difference between "COOLAN TEMP/S" and "INT/A TEMP SE"
Within 6°C (11°F)
If they are within the specified range, perform the following steps. If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to meet the above conditions. Then perform the fol- I
lowing steps.
NOTE:
· Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
J
· If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery.
9. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
10. Check 1st trip DTC.
K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673171
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-256, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END Revision: 2009 October
EC-255
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Component Inspection
P0196 EOT SENSOR
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector. 3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. 4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673172
JMBIA0080ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-256
2009 G37 Sedan
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
Description
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673173
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature [°C (°F)]
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
110 (230)
0.6
0.143 - 0.153
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 78 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
F
G
H
SEF012P
I
INFOID:0000000004673174
J
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis Name
DTC Detecting Condition
K
Possible Cause
P0197
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors
L
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0198
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is · Engine oil temperature sensor sent to ECM.
M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
P
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-257
2009 G37 Sedan
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Go to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673175
EOT sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
F38
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOT sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F38
2
F102
84
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector. 3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
INFOID:0000000004673176
Revision: 2009 October
EC-258
2009 G37 Sedan
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals
Condition
Resistance (k)
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
JMBIA0080ZZ
D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-259
2009 G37 Sedan
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673177
DTC Logic
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004673178
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0222, P0223, P2132 or P2133 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0222 P0223 P2132 P2133
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
· Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1)
Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-260
2009 G37 Sedan
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673179
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
C
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
E
DTC
Electric throttle control actuator Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
P0222, P0223 1
F6
6
F
Ground
Approx. 5
P2132, P2133 2
F27
1
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- I nector.
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
J
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0222, P0223 1
F6
3
40
P2132, P2133 2
F27
F101
Existed
4
48
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. N
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
P0222, P0223 1
F6
4
30
F101
Existed
P2132, P2133 2
F27
2
31
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-261
2009 G37 Sedan
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-262, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673180
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position. 6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals when the followiing conditions.
ECM
+
Connector
Terminal
Condition
30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)]
40
Fully released Fully depressed
Fully released
31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2)]
48
Fully depressed
F101
Accelerator pedal
Fully released
34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)]
40
Fully depressed
35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2)]
48
Fully released Fully depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-262, "Special Repair Requirement".
Voltage (V)
More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673181
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Revision: 2009 October
EC-262
2009 G37 Sedan
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-263
2009 G37 Sedan
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673182
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain illuminating. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only illuminating when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
DTC No. P0300 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinders misfire.
No.1 cylinder misfire detected
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires.
No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires.
No. 5 cylinder misfire detected No. 5 cylinder misfires.
P0306
No. 6 cylinder misfire detected No. 6 cylinder misfires.
Possible cause
· Improper spark plug · Insufficient compression · Incorrect fuel pressure · The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted · Fuel injector · Intake air leak · The ignition signal circuit is open or short-
ed · Lack of fuel · Signal plate · A/F sensor 1 · Incorrect PCV hose connection
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. 6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-264
2009 G37 Sedan
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II EC 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain C
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at D the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
E
Engine speed
Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
F
Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6MPH)
Base fuel schedule
Base fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
G
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
H
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed
Time
Around 1,000 rpm
Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm
Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm
Approximately 3.5 minutes
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-265
I J K L
INFOID:0000000004673183
M N O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2. Perform "POWER BALANCE" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operation sound.
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
PBIB3332E
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
JMBIA0021ZZ
checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
· Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical
JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
· It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-266
2009 G37 Sedan
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
EC
Spark should be generated. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
D
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-17, "Inspection".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
F
G
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
SEF156I
H
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion.
I
Spark should be generated. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation".
K
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-17, "Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
M
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Install all removed parts.
N
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".
At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
P
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace "fuel filter and fuel pump assembly". NO >> Repair or replace.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-267
2009 G37 Sedan
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
12.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
For procedure, refer to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed" and EC-619, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Follow the EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
F3
2
F20
1
57
2
61
F102
Existed
1
65
2
66
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
Bank 1 2
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
1 F3
2 1 F20 2
Ground Ground
Continuity Not existed
ECM Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
1 F102
2
57 61
Ground Not existed 65 66
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1.
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III Check mass air flow sensor signal in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
Revision: 2009 October
EC-268
2009 G37 Sedan
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
A
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or EC
ground. Refer to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-602, "Symptom Table".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or replace.
D
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
E
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
F
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-269
2009 G37 Sedan
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673184
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673185
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333
Trouble diagnosis name
Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit low input
Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit high input
Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit low input
Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit high input
DTC detected condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Knock sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673186
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. 2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-270
2009 G37 Sedan
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Knock sensor
ECM
A
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1
F203
2
F102
72
Existed
EC
P0332, P0333 2
F202
2
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
· Harness connectors F9, F201 · Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
Knock sensor
ECM
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
P0327, P0328 1
F203
1
73
F102
Existed
P0332, P0333 2
F202
1
69
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
J
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
K
· Harness connectors F9, F201
· Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
L >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-271, "Component Inspection".
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
N
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
O
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. 3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as per the following.
NOTE:
Revision: 2009 October
EC-271
P
INFOID:0000000004673187
2009 G37 Sedan
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M.
[VQ37VHR]
Terminals
Resistance (k)
1 and 2
Approx. 532 - 588 [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION: Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-272
2009 G37 Sedan
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Description
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder block facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673188
EC
C
D
JMBIA0062ZZ
E
F
G
H
DTC Logic
JMBIA0001GB
INFOID:0000000004673189
I
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
J
Possible cause
P0335
· Harness or connectors
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or
K
shorted.]
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
· The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking.
· The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running.
· The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) · Accelerator pedal position sensor · EVAP control system pressure sensor
L M
· Refrigerant pressure sensor
N
· Brake booster pressure sensor.
· Signal plate
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
O
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- P ing the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-273
2009 G37 Sedan
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
INFOID:0000000004673190
CKP sensor (POS) Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
F2
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor (POS)
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F2
1
F101
46
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Connector Terminal
45 F101
46
Sensor Name Brake booster pressure sensor CKP sensor (POS)
Connector E48 F2
Terminal 1
Revision: 2009 October
EC-274
2009 G37 Sedan
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ECM
Sensor
Connector Terminal
Name
Connector Terminal
103 APP sensor
E112
6
M107
EVAP control system pressure sensor
B252
3
107
Refrigerant pressure sensor
E77
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. · Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) · EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".) · Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I
>> INSPECTION END
J
8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
K
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor (POS)
ECM
L
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F2
2
F101
47
Existed
M
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
N
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
CKP sensor (POS)
ECM
Continuity
P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F2
3
F101
37
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-275
2009 G37 Sedan
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace the signal plate.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673191
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity)
Resistance ()
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
JMBIA0063ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-276
2009 G37 Sedan
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Description
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673192
EC
C
D
JMBIA0064ZZ
E
F
G
H
DTC Logic
JMBIA0001GB
I
INFOID:0000000004673193
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
J
If DTC P0340 or P0345 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0340 P0345
· Harness or connectors [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is
L
open or shorted.]
Camshaft position sen-
· Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit
(bank 1)
M
· Camshaft (INT)
· The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for · Starter motor
the first few seconds during engine cranking. · Starting system circuit
· The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM · Dead (Weak) battery
N
during engine running.
· Harness or connectors
· The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
Camshaft position sen-
pattern during engine running.
open or shorted.] · Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
O
sor (PHASE) (bank 2)
(bank 2)
circuit
· Camshaft (INT)
· Starter motor
P
· Starting system circuit
· Dead (Weak) battery
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-277
2009 G37 Sedan
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to EC-9, "Work Flow".)
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.
INFOID:0000000004673194
DTC
CMP sensor (PHASE) Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
P0340
1
F5
P0345
2
F18
1
Ground
Approx. 5
1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-278
2009 G37 Sedan
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
CMP sensor (PHASE)
ECM
A
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340
1
F5
2
96
F102
Existed
EC
P0345
2
F18
2
92
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
CMP sensor (PHASE)
ECM
DTC
Continuity Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340
1
F5
3
59
F
F102
Existed
P0345
2
F18
3
63
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
H
Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
J
Check the following.
· Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end
K
· Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
L
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
front end or replace camshaft.
M
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-279
JMBIA0962ZZ
N
O
INFOID:0000000004673195
P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor
(PHASE).
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II
Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity)
Resistance ()
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0065ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-280
2009 G37 Sedan
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673196
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst 1 with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxy-
gen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will C increase.
When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the
three way catalyst 1 malfunction is diagnosed. D
E
F
PBIB1923E
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0420 P0430
Catalyst system efficiency below threshold (bank 1)
Catalyst system efficiency below threshold (bank 2)
· Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly.
· Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity.
· Three way catalyst (manifold) · Exhaust tube · Intake air leaks · Fuel injector · Fuel injector leaks · Spark plug
H I
· Improper ignition timing
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
K
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
N
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
O >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-281
2009 G37 Sedan
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
8. Make sure that "COOLAN TEMP/S" indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when "COOLAN TEMP/S" indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood. 10. Select "DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION" then "SRT WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III. 11. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely. 12. Check the indication of "CATALYST".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
CMPLT >> GO TO 6. INCMP >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle. 2. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and maintain it until "INCMP" of "CATALYST" changes to "CMPLT" (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to "CMPLT"?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F). 2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-282, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673197
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Open engine hood. 6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-282
2009 G37 Sedan
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
DTC Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
P0420 P0430
F102
76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)]
80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)]
84
Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
A
Voltage
EC
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
than 5 seconds.
C
· 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 0 - 0.3 0.6 - 1.0
D
E
INFOID:0000000004673198
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
F
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
H 1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 1.
I
J
K
PBIB1922E
Is exhaust gas leak detected? L
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
M
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
N
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
O For procedure, refer to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed" and EC-619, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-283
2009 G37 Sedan
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
+
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
81
82
85
F102
M107
128
Battery voltage
86
89
90
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Perform EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
JMBIA0021ZZ
checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
· Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical
JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
· It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-284
2009 G37 Sedan
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and A the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-17, "Inspection". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.
E
F
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
SEF156I
G
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. 2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug H
and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal J
and Installation".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
L
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
6. Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
N
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
O
Is the inspection result nomal?
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-285
2009 G37 Sedan
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673199
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC. In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
PBIB1026E
DTC No. P0441
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
EVAP control system incorrect purge flow
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
· EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed
· EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit
· Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
· Blocked rubber tube · Cracked EVAP canister · EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve circuit · Accelerator pedal position sensor · Blocked purge port · EVAP canister vent control valve
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-286
2009 G37 Sedan
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
C With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
D
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select "PURG FLOW P0441" of "EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CON- E SULT-III.
7. Touch "START".
Is "COMPLETED" displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
G
When the following conditions are met, "TESTING" will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until "TESTING" changes to "COMPLETED". (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
H
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph)
I
ENG SPEED
500 - 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.3 - 9.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 0°C (32°F)
J
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is "COMPLETED" displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
L
Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
N
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-287, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow O monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
P
NO >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673200
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT-III 1. Lift up drive wheels.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-287
2009 G37 Sedan
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. 7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
M107
102 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal)
112
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. 9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
Air conditioner switch
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
Engine speed
Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position
Any position other than P, N or R
10. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 8) for at least 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673201
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister.
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Touch "Qd" and "Qu" on CONSULT-III screen to adjust "PURG VOL C/V" opening and check vacuum
existence.
PURG VOL C/V
Vacuum
100%
Existed
0%
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-III
Revision: 2009 October
EC-288
2009 G37 Sedan
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
A
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-83, "System Dia-
gram". 4. Start engine and let it idle.
EC
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine.
C
Vacuum should not exist.
6. Revving engine up to 2,000rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine. D
Vacuum should exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair it.
H
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B.
I
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
J
3. Check that air flows freely.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
K
SEF367U
L
M
N
O
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
SEF368U
P
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-289
2009 G37 Sedan
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. 2. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to EC-316, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-321, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0453. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
12.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace it.
13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-290
2009 G37 Sedan
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673202
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P0456, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. Refer to
EC-333, "DTC Logic".
C
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following "Vacuum test" conditions. The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge vol- D
ume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
E
F
G
H
I
PBIB1026E
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0442
EVAP control system small leak detected (negative pressure)
· Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
K
· Incorrect fuel filler cap used
· Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
· Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
· Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP L
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
· Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve. · EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
M
· EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP · EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
control system does not operate prop- · Loose or disconnected rubber tube
N
erly.
· EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
· EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
· Fuel tank temperature sensor
O
· O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
· EVAP canister is saturated with water
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
P
· Fuel level sensor and the circuit
· Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
· ORVR system leaks
CAUTION: · Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate. · If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-291
2009 G37 Sedan
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
[VQ37VHR]
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: · Perform "DTC WORK SUPPORT" when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface. · Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). NOTE: Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F) 5. Select "EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442" of "EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed on CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, refer to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Refer to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern in EC-569, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed?
YES-1 >> P0441: Refer to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-2 >> P0442: Refer to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673203
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-292
2009 G37 Sedan
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
SEF915U
D
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Retighten until
ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
F
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
H
Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
J
Refer to EC-615, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
K
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
L
Check the following.
· EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-617, "Removal and Installation".
M
· EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
O
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-293
2009 G37 Sedan
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
[VQ37VHR]
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
PBIB2731E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · EVAP canister for damage · EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode. 4. Touch "Qu" on CONSULT-III screen to increase "PURG VOL C/V" opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
Vacuum should exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Stop engine. 3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-294
2009 G37 Sedan
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E
Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
G
16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
I
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
J
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
K
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-513, "Description".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
M
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
O
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection".
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-55, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-295
2009 G37 Sedan
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK FUEL TANL VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel filler cap. 3. Wipe clean valve housing.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673204
SEF445Y
4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure: Vacuum:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi)
-6.0 to -3.3 kPa (-0.061 to -0.034 kg/cm2, -0.87 to -0.48 psi)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP
SEF943S
Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-296
2009 G37 Sedan
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Description
INFOID:0000000004673205
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to
EC
control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
C
D
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
JMBIA0069ZZ
E
INFOID:0000000004673206
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
· EVAP canister purge volume control so-
P0443
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed.
lenoid valve (The valve is stuck open.) · EVAP canister vent control valve · EVAP canister · Hoses
H
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
I
clogged.)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
Do you have CONSULT-III
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
N
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Select "PURG VOL CN/V P1444" of "EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with
P
CONSULT-III.
7. Touch "START".
8. Start engine and let it idle until "TESTING" on CONSULT-III changes to "COMPLETED". (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If "TESTING" is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
9. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-297
2009 G37 Sedan
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed?
YES >> Go to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673207
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
Ground
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
F7
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E106, M6 · Harness connectors M116, F103 · Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R · Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
ECM
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
Connector Terminal
F7
2
F101
21
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
Revision: 2009 October
EC-298
2009 G37 Sedan
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
A
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
EC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
C
Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
E
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
4. Perform "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var- G ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
H
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
J
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
K
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
L
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection".
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
N
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor O attached.
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-299
2009 G37 Sedan
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 13.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
PBIB2731E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · EVAP canister for damage · EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673208
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Touch "Qd" and "Qu" on CONSULT-III screen to adjust "PURG
VOL C/V" opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition (PURG VOL C/V value)
100%
0%
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
Existed
Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-300
2009 G37 Sedan
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
A
Condition
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
EC
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Existed
No supply
Not existed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-301
2009 G37 Sedan
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
Description
INFOID:0000000004673209
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
JMBIA0069ZZ INFOID:0000000004673210
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0444
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
· Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
· EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0445
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
· Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
· EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673211
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-302
2009 G37 Sedan
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
A
EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve Ground
Voltage
EC
Connector Terminal
F7
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E106, M6
E
· Harness connectors M116, F103
· Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
· Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM F
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
H
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
I
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
F7
2
F101
21
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
M
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
N
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
O
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-304, "Component Inspection".
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-303
2009 G37 Sedan
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673212
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Touch "Qd" and "Qu" on CONSULT-III screen to adjust "PURG
VOL C/V" opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition (PURG VOL C/V value)
100%
0%
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
Existed
Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Existed
No supply
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-304
2009 G37 Sedan
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Description
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows "EVAP Control System" diagnosis.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673213
EC
C
D
PBIB1263E
E
INFOID:0000000004673214
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
P0447
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve.
· Harness or connectors (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
· EVAP canister vent control valve
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-305, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. 2. Select "VENT CONTROL/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-305
L M N
INFOID:0000000004673215
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Touch "ON/OFF" on CONSULT-III screen. 4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
[VQ37VHR]
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground.
EVAP canister vent control valve
Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
B253
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness connectors F103, M116 · Harness connectors M7, B1 · Harness connectors B31, B251 · Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
EVAP canister vent control valve
ECM
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Continuity
B253
2
M107
121
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors B1, M7 · Harness connectors B31, B251 · Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
Revision: 2009 October
EC-306
2009 G37 Sedan
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. 3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. NO >> GO TO 2.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
D
E
INFOID:0000000004673216
F
G H
I
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II
With CONSULT-III 1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform "VENT CONTROL/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode. 4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONT/V
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON
Not existed
OFF
Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
OFF
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-307
J
JMBIA0168ZZ
K L M N O
JMBIA0169ZZ
P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
[VQ37VHR]
With CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Perform "VENT CONTROL/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode. 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONT/V
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON
Not existed
OFF
Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
JMBIA0169ZZ
Condition
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Not existed
OFF
Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-308
2009 G37 Sedan
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Description
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows "EVAP Control System" diagnosis.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673217
EC
C
D
PBIB1263E
E
INFOID:0000000004673218
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
· EVAP canister vent control valve
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0448
EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains
trol valve close
closed under specified driving conditions.
and the circuit · Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
H
vent control valve
· EVAP canister is saturated with water
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
4. Repeat next procedures five times.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes.
N
Do not exceed 2 minutes.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
5. Repeat next procedure 27 times.
O
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to
30 seconds.
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-309
2009 G37 Sedan
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > - Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
[VQ37VHR]
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-310, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
JMBIA1516GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673219
1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-311, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister (1).
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
PBIB2731E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · EVAP canister for damage
Revision: 2009 October
EC-310
2009 G37 Sedan
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. 2. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. 3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted. Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. NO >> GO TO 2.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H
INFOID:0000000004673220
I J K L
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II
With CONSULT-III 1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform "VENT CONTROL/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode. 4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONT/V
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON
Not existed
OFF
Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-311
JMBIA0168ZZ
M
N
O
P
JMBIA0169ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
[VQ37VHR]
Condition
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Not existed
OFF
Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
With CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Perform "VENT CONTROL/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode. 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONT/V
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON
Not existed
OFF
Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
JMBIA0169ZZ
Condition
Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Not existed
OFF
Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-312
2009 G37 Sedan
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673221
EC
C
D
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
PBIB3370E
E
INFOID:0000000004673222
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
· Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
H
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0451
EVAP control system pressure sensor performance
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sensor
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted)
I
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
· Crankshaft position sensor (POS) · Accelerator pedal position sensor
J
· Refrigerant pressure sensor
· Brake booster pressure sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
K
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE: Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. 3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-313, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Revision: 2009 October
EC-313
N O P
INFOID:0000000004673223
2009 G37 Sedan
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. 2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
[VQ37VHR]
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
B252
3
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM
Sensor
Connector Terminal
Name
Connector Terminal
F101
45
Brake booster pressure sensor
46
CKP sensor (POS)
E48
1
F2
1
103 APP sensor
E112
6
M107
EVAP control system pressure sensor
B252
3
107
Refrigerant pressure sensor
E77
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) · Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) · Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-314
2009 G37 Sedan
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E
>> INSPECTION END
F
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673224
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
H
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the
following conditions.
I
ECM
Condition
J
+ Connector
[Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
Voltage (V)
Terminal Terminal
M107
102
112
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
K
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION:
· Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
L
· Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-315
2009 G37 Sedan
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673225
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
PBIB3370E INFOID:0000000004673226
DTC No. P0452
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system pressure sensor low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted)
· EVAP control system pressure sensor · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) · Accelerator pedal position sensor · Refrigerant pressure sensor · Brake booster pressure sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 7. Make sure that "FUEL T/TMP SE" is more than 0°C (32°F). 8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 9. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-316
2009 G37 Sedan
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
[VQ37VHR]
A
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
M107
106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal)
128 (ECM ground)
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-317, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. 2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
EC C D E F
INFOID:0000000004673227
G H I J
Water should not exist.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
L
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
EVAP control system
N
pressure sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
B252
3
Ground
Approx. 5
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
P
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-317
2009 G37 Sedan
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
EVAP control system pressure sensor
ECM
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Continuity
B252
3
M107
107
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M7, B1 · Harness connectors B31, B251 · Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit.
6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM
Sensor
Connector Terminal
Name
Connector Terminal
F101
45
Brake booster pressure sensor
46
CKP sensor (POS)
E48
1
F2
1
103 APP sensor
E112
6
M107
EVAP control system pressure sensor
B252
3
107
Refrigerant pressure sensor
E77
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) · Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) · Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
Revision: 2009 October
EC-318
2009 G37 Sedan
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
A
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EC
EVAP control system pressure sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
B252
1
M107
112
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
· Harness connectors B1, M7
F
· Harness connectors BB31, B251
· Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
G >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
H
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
EVAP control system pressure sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
B252
2
M107
102
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
· Harness connectors B1, M7
M
· Harness connectors B31, B251
· Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
N
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR O Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
P
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-319
2009 G37 Sedan
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Component Inspection
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673228
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one. 3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the
following conditions.
Connector
ECM +
Terminal
Terminal
Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
Voltage (V)
M107
102
112
Not applied -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
1.8 - 4.8 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION: · Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. · Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-320
2009 G37 Sedan
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673229
EC
C
D
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
PBIB3370E
E
INFOID:0000000004673230
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
· Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
H
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0453
shorted.)
EVAP control system pressure sensor high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) · EVAP control system pressure sensor · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) · Accelerator pedal position sensor
I J
· Refrigerant pressure sensor
· Brake booster pressure sensor
· EVAP canister vent control valve
K
· EVAP canister
· Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame
L
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure M
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-321
P 2009 G37 Sedan
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
7. Make sure that "FUEL T/TMP SE" is more than 0°C (32°F). 8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 9. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
M107
106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal)
128
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. 2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
INFOID:0000000004673231
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
B252
3
Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-322
2009 G37 Sedan
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
A
EVAP control system pressure sensor
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Continuity Connector Terminal
EC
B252
3
M107
107
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
· Harness connectors M7, B1
· Harness connectors B31, B251
E
· Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit.
F
6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
G
ECM
Sensor
Connector Terminal
Name
Connector Terminal
H
45 Brake booster pressure sensor
E48
1
F101
46 CKP sensor (POS)
F2
1
103 APP sensor
E112
6
I
M107
EVAP control system pressure sensor B252
3
107
Refrigerant pressure sensor
E77
3
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".)
L
· Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".)
· Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
N
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
P
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
Revision: 2009 October
EC-323
2009 G37 Sedan
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
Connector Terminal
B252
1
M107
112
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors B1, M7 · Harness connectors B31, B251 · Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
Connector Terminal
B252
2
M107
102
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors B1, M7 · Harness connectors B31, B251 · Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-324
2009 G37 Sedan
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
16.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A Refer to EC-325, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
EC
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
17.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor C attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister (1). D
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 18.
E
NO >> GO TO 20.
F
18.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
PBIB2731E
G
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
H
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
I
NO >> GO TO 19.
19.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
J
· EVAP canister for damage
· EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
K
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
20.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
M
INFOID:0000000004673232
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
O
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the
following conditions.
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-325
2009 G37 Sedan
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Connector
ECM +
Terminal
Terminal
Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
Voltage (V)
M107
102
112
Not applied -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
1.8 - 4.8 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION: · Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. · Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/
cm2, 14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-326
2009 G37 Sedan
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673233
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB1026E
H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0455
· Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
I
close.
· Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
· Incorrect fuel filler cap used
· Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
J
· Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. · Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
K
vent control valve.
· EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP control system gross leak detected
EVAP control system has a very large leak such · EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system
leaks
does not operate properly.
· EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
L
· Loose or disconnected rubber tube
· EVAP canister vent control valve and the M
circuit
· EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve and the circuit
· Fuel tank temperature sensor
N
· O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
· Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
O
· ORVR system leaks
CAUTION: · Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the P
MIL may illuminate. · If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. · Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
CAUTION:
Revision: 2009 October
EC-327
2009 G37 Sedan
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. TESTING CONDITION: · Perform "DTC WORK SUPPORT" when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface. · Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III 1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) 6. Select "EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442" of "EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed on CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, refer to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0455 >> Refer to EC-331, "Component Inspection". P0442 >> Refer to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern in EC-569, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern. 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES-1 >> P0455: Refer to EC-331, "Component Inspection". YES-2 >> P0442: Refer to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-3 >> P0441: Refer to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-328
2009 G37 Sedan
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673234
A
EC
C
D
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
E
SEF915U
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Retighten until G
ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
I
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
K
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or L disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
N
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following. · EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-617, "Removal and Installation". · EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-329
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
8.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
[VQ37VHR]
Refer to EC-615, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
YES >> Repair or replace. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 9. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode. 4. Touch "Qu" on CONSULT-III screen to increase "PURG VOL C/V" opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
Vacuum should exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Stop engine. 3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 12. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-330
2009 G37 Sedan
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR A Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
EC
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
D
16.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper E connection. For location, refer to EC-513, "Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
F
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
17.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
G Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
18.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
I
Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
J
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK FUEL TANL VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel filler cap. 3. Wipe clean valve housing.
L
INFOID:0000000004673235
M
N
O
P
SEF445Y
Revision: 2009 October
EC-331
2009 G37 Sedan
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
[VQ37VHR]
Pressure: Vacuum:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi)
-6.0 to -3.3 kPa (-0.061 to -0.034 kg/cm2, -0.87 to -0.48 psi)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP
SEF943S
Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate.
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-332
2009 G37 Sedan
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673236
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 is displayed with DTC P0442, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume C control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
D
If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
E
F
G
H
I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
PBIB1026E
J
Possible cause
P0456
· Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
· Incorrect fuel filler cap used
K
· Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
· Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
· Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
L
· Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
· EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks · EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
M
Evaporative emission control system very small leak (negative pressure check)
· EVAP system has a very small leak. · EVAP system does not operate prop-
erly.
· EVAP purge line rubber tube bent · Loose or disconnected rubber tube · EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit · EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
N
· Fuel tank temperature sensor
· O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss- O
ing or damaged
· EVAP canister is saturated with water
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
· Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
P
· ORVR system leaks
· Fuel level sensor and the circuit
· Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION: · Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-333
2009 G37 Sedan
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. · Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
[VQ37VHR]
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly. TESTING CONDITION: · Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. · If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour. - Fuel filler cap is removed. - Fuel is refilled or drained. - EVAP component part/parts is/are removed. · Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. · Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle), or refill/drain fuel until the output voltage condition of the "FUEL LEVEL SE" meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select "EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456" of "EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed on CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-335, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-334
2009 G37 Sedan
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With GST CAUTION: · Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. · Never start engine. · Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi). 1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. 2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. 3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Connect GST and select Service $08. 6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close). 7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat-
isfied. Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (0.028 kg/cm2, 0.39 psi) Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (0.004 kg/cm2, 0.06 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.RELEASE PRESSURE
1. Disconnect GST. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. 7. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
>> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC INFOID:0000000004673237
C D E F G
SEF462UI
H I J K L M N
INFOID:0000000004673238
O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-335
2009 G37 Sedan
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
[VQ37VHR]
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
SEF915U
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Retighten until
ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Refer to EC-615, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following. · EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-617, "Removal and Installation". · EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Revision: 2009 October
EC-336
2009 G37 Sedan
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
PBIB2731E
D
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
F
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
· EVAP canister for damage
· EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
I
With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port.
J
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode.
4. Touch "Qu" on CONSULT-III screen to increase "PURG VOL C/V" opening to 100%.
K
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
Vacuum should exist.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
M
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
N
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve from EVAP service port.
O
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
P Vacuum should exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-337
2009 G37 Sedan
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[VQ37VHR]
Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-513, "Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-55, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-338
2009 G37 Sedan
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK FUEL TANL VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel filler cap. 3. Wipe clean valve housing.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
INFOID:0000000004673239
C
D
E
F
G
4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
SEF445Y
H
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -
I
2.90 psi)
Vacuum: -6.0 to -3.3 kPa (-0.061 to -0.034 kg/cm2,
J
-0.87 to -0.48 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP
K
SEF943S
L
Replace fuel filler cap.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate.
M
>> INSPECTION END
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-339
2009 G37 Sedan
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673240
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the "unified meter and A/C amp.". The "unified meter and A/C amp." sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673241
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: · If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. · If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-367, "DTC Logic". When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No. P0460
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Fuel level sensor circuit noise
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Unified meter and A/C amp. · Fuel level sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-340, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-54, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
INFOID:0000000004673242
Revision: 2009 October
EC-340
2009 G37 Sedan
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-341
2009 G37 Sedan
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673243
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the "unified meter and A/C amp.". The "unified meter and A/C amp." sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673244
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: · If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. · If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-367, "DTC Logic". Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level. This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has been driven.
DTC No. P0461
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Unified meter and A/C amp. · Fuel level sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-342, "Component Function Check". Use component function check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673245
1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING: When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation". TESTING CONDITION: Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
(7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
Revision: 2009 October
EC-342
2009 G37 Sedan
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-614, "Inspection". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON. 6. Select "FUEL LEVEL SE" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 7. Check "FUEL LEVEL SE" output voltage and note it. 8. Select "FUEL PUMP RELAY" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Touch "ON" and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. 10. Check "FUEL LEVEL SE" output voltage and note it. 11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 12. Check "FUEL LEVEL SE" output voltage and note it. 13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03 V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
F
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
G
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
I
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
J
NO >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
INFOID:0000000004673246
K
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to MWI-54, "Component Function Check".
M
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". N
>> INSPECTION END
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-343
2009 G37 Sedan
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673247
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the "unified meter and A/C amp.". The "unified meter and A/C amp." sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673248
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: · If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX. · If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607.Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0462
P0463
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
low input
sent to ECM.
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
high input
sent to ECM.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Unified meter and A/C amp. · Fuel level sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-344, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-54, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-344
INFOID:0000000004673249
2009 G37 Sedan
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-345
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673250
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the "unified meter and A/C amp." from the "ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)" via the CAN communication line. The "unified meter and A/C amp." then sends a signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673251
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: · If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. · If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor
The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehicle is being driven.
· Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
· Harness or connectors (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
· Wheel sensor · Unified meter and A/C amp. · ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). 2. Read "VHCL SPEED SE" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-346
2009 G37 Sedan
P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
[VQ37VHR]
A
ENG SPEED
1,800 - 6,000 rpm
EC
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 5.0 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever
Except P or N position (A/T) Except Neutral position (M/T)
C
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
D 4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-347, "Component Function Check".
F
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
H
INFOID:0000000004673252
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK I
With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
J
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
L
INFOID:0000000004673253
1.CHECK DTC WITH "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)"
M
Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
N
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP." O Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
>> INSPECTION END
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-347
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673254
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.).
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673255
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
DTC No. P0506
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more.
· Electric throttle control actuator · Intake air leak
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. TESTING CONDITION: · Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. · Always perform the test at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected?
INFOID:0000000004673256
Revision: 2009 October
EC-348
2009 G37 Sedan
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
[VQ37VHR]
A
1. Stop engine. 2. Replace ECM.
EC
3. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
C
>> INSPECTION END
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-349
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673257
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.).
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673258
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
DTC No. P0507
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected
The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more.
Possible cause
· Electric throttle control actuator · Intake air leak · PCV system
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. TESTING CONDITION: · Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. · Always perform the test at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-350, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-350
INFOID:0000000004673259
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
A
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
EC
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
C
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
D
3. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
E >> INSPECTION END
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-351
2009 G37 Sedan
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673260
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-165, "DTC Logic"
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
Detecting condition
Possible cause
P0524
Engine oil pressure too low
Engine oil pressure is low because there is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle.
· Engine oil pressure or level too low · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) · Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) · Intake valve control solenoid valve · Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft · Timing chain installation · Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING-I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
Check oil level and oil pressure. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,700 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-353, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-352
2009 G37 Sedan
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. 2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated. Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673261
A
EC
C
D
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-157, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following. · Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end · Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
front end or replace camshaft.
E
PBIA8559J
F G H I J K L M N
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform "Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove". Refer to EM-104, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
JMBIA0962ZZ
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-353
2009 G37 Sedan
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673262
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Terminals
Resistance ()
1 and 2
7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
JMBIA0079ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-354
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0550 PSP SENSOR
Description
P0550 PSP SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673263
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a EC power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
C
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673264
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
F
P0550
Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
sensor circuit
sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
· Power steering pressure sensor
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
H If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
INFOID:0000000004673265
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
O
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector.
P
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and ground.
PSP sensor
Connector Terminal
F35
3
Ground Ground
Voltage (V) Approx. 5
Revision: 2009 October
EC-355
2009 G37 Sedan
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PSP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F35
1
F102
96
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PSP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F35
2
F102
87
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-356, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace PSP sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673266
1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine and let it idle. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
Being turned
F102
87
96 Steering wheel
Not being turned
Is the inspection result normal?
Voltage (V)
0.5 - 4.5 0.4 - 0.8
Revision: 2009 October
EC-356
2009 G37 Sedan
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-357
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
Brake booster pressure sensor is connected to brake booster by a hose. It detects brake booster pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673267
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
JMBIA0878ZZ INFOID:0000000004673268
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0555
Brake booster pressure sensor circuit
· An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
· Brake booster pressure sensor · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) · Accelerator pedal position sensor · EVAP control system pressure sensor · Refrigerant pressure sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
INFOID:0000000004673269
Revision: 2009 October
EC-358
2009 G37 Sedan
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
[VQ37VHR]
A
1. Disconnect brake booster pressure sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
3. Check the voltage between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Brake booster pressure sensor
C
Ground
Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
E48
1
Ground
Approx. 5
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
F
3. Check the continuity between Brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
G
Brake booster pressure sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
E48
1
F101
45
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open between ECM and brake booster pressure sensor
K
>> Repair open circuit.
5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM
Sensor
Connector Terminal
Name
Connector Terminal
F101
45
Brake booster pressure sensor
46
CKP sensor (POS)
E48
1
F2
1
103 APP sensor
E112
6
M107
EVAP control system pressure sensor
B252
3
107
Refrigerant pressure sensor
E77
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. · Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) · EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-359
L M N O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-72, "Component Function Check".) Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Brake booster pressure sensor
Connector
Terminal
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
E48
3
F101
36
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between brake booster pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Brake booster pressure sensor
Connector
Terminal
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
E48
2
F101
39
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between brake booster pressure sensor and ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-360
2009 G37 Sedan
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection
1.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR-I
INFOID:0000000004673270
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
G
ECM
+
Connector
Terminal
Terminal
H
F101
39
36
NOTE:
I
· To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine
is stopped.
· Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depends on atmospheric pres-
sure and altitude.
J
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the K pressure with the following chart.
Altitude (m)
Compensated pressure (hPa)
L
0
0
200
-24
400
-47
M
600
-70
800
-92
N
1000
-114
1500
-168
2000
-218
O
6. Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-361
2009 G37 Sedan
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Atmospheric pressure (hPa)
Voltage (V)
800
3.1 3.7
850
3.3 3.9
900
3.5 4.1
950
3.8 4.3
1000
4.0 4.6
1050
4.2 - 4.8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor.
2.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove brake booster pressure sensor with its harness connected. 3. Connect the hose of vacuum pump (A) to brake booster pres-
sure sensor (1). 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following.
JMBIA0870GB
ECM
+
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
F101
39
F101
36
JMBIA0872ZZ
6. Check that the difference of the voltage when engine is stopped and that when negative pressure is applied with vacuum pump is within the following limits.
Vacuum
Voltage difference (V)
-40kPa (-300mmHg)
1.5 2.0
-53.3kPa (-400mmHg)
2.0 2.6
-66.7kPa (-500mmHg)
2.6 3.2
-80kPa (-600mmHg)
3.2 3.8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-362
2009 G37 Sedan
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Description
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673271
EC
C
D
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
JMBIA0057ZZ
E
INFOID:0000000004673272
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
· Harness or connectors
P0603
ECM power supply cir- ECM back up RAM system does not function
cuit
properly.
[ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or shorted.]
· ECM
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
M
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-363, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
INFOID:0000000004673273
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-363
2009 G37 Sedan
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
+
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F102
93
M107
128
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · 15 A fuse (No. 50) · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-363, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. 2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-364
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
Description
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673274
EC
C
D
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
JMBIA0057ZZ
E
INFOID:0000000004673275
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name A)
DTC detecting condition ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
Possible cause
G
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
· ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
N
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-365
2009 G37 Sedan
P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673276
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-365, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. 2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-366
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0607 ECM
Description
P0607 ECM
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673277
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673278
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
P0607
CAN communication bus
DTC detecting condition
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM.
· ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-367, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
E
Possible cause
F
G
H
I
INFOID:0000000004673279
1.INSPECTION START
J 1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-367, "DTC Logic".
K
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM M
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement". N
>> INSPECTION END O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-367
2009 G37 Sedan
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673280
DTC No. P0643
Trouble diagnosis name
Sensor power supply circuit short
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects that the voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is shorted.] [Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor circuit is shorted.] (PSP sensor circuit is shorted.) [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is shorted.] [Battery current sensor circuit is shorted/]
· Accelerator pedal position sensor · Throttle position sensor · Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) · Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor · Power steering pressure sensor · Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) · Battery current sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
INFOID:0000000004673281
Revision: 2009 October
EC-368
2009 G37 Sedan
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
APP sensor
A
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E112
5
Ground
Approx. 5
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. D
ECM
Sensor
Connector Terminal
Name
Connector Terminal
E
43
Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2)
F27
1
F101
44
Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
F6
6
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
F5
1
F
60
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
F50
1
F102
PSP sensor
F35
3
G
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
F18
1
64
Battery current sensor
E21
1
H
M107
99
APP sensor
E112
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
I
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
J Check the following.
· Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) (Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".)
· Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor (Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection".)
· Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-356, "Component Inspection".)
K
· Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".)
· Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-420, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK TP SENSOR
M
Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
O
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-196, "Special Repair Requirement".
P
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-369
2009 G37 Sedan
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-370
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0850 PNP SWITCH
Description
P0850 PNP SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673282
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM is sent to ECM.(A/ EC T models)
When the selector lever position is Neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.(M/T models)
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000004673283
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors
E
P0850
Park/neutral position switch
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal does not change during driving after the engine is started.
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is open or shorted.] · Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)
F
· TCM (A/T models)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
H
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH SIGNAL
L
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "P/N POSI SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the "P/N POSI SW" sig- M
nal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)
Known-good signal
N or P position (A/T) Neutral position (M/T)
ON
Except above position
OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-371
N O P
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0850 PNP SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
ENG SPEED
1,400 - 6,375 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever
Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-372, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673284
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
+
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Condition
P or N (A/T)
M107
109
128 Selector lever Neutral (M/T)
Except above
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
Voltage (V)
Battery voltage Approx. 0
1.INSPECTION START
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with. Which type of transmission?
A/T >> GO TO 2. M/T >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START. Does starter motor operate?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-372
INFOID:0000000004673285
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P0850 PNP SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check DTC with BCM. Refer to SEC-29, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COM- A MON ITEM)".
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
A/T assembly
ECM
Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D
F51
9
M107
109
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
F
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
G
· Harness connectors E106, M6
· Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and ECM
H
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
J
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground.
L
PNP switch
Ground
Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
F55
2
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
N
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
O
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· 10 A fuse (No. 43)
· IPDM E/R harness connector E7
P
· Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-373
2009 G37 Sedan
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PNP switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F55
1
M107
109
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors F103, M116 · Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to TM-9, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace PNP switch.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-374
2009 G37 Sedan
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673286
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
If DTC P100A or P100B is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P1090 or P1093. Refer to EC-388, "DTC Logic".
C
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
D
P100A
VVEL response malfunction (bank 1)
· Harness or connectors
(VVEL actuator motor circuit is
P100B
Actual event response to target is VVEL response malfunction (bank 2) poor.
open or shorted.) · VVEL actuator motor · VVEL actuator sub assembly
E
· VVEL ladder assembly
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
· VVEL control module
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1. Start engine.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal rapidly half or more under no load conditons, and then release it.
3. Wait at idle for 5 seconds or more.
K
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for three times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
M
INFOID:0000000004673287
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
P
1. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. 2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and VVEL actuator motor harness
connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-375
2009 G37 Sedan
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
DTC No.
VVEL control module
Bank
Connector
Terminal
VVEL actuator motor
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
P100A
1
P100B
2
12 F48
25 E15
2 F49
15
1
Existed
2
Not existed
1
Not existed
2
Existed
1
Existed
2
Not existed
1
Not existed
2
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor and VVEL control module
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
Refer to EC-377, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-378, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace.
7.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MOD-
ULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-375, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P100A or P100B displayed again?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-376
2009 G37 Sedan
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
Refer to EC-377, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-378, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY
E
Refer to EM-104, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.REPLACE CYLINDER HEAD, VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY AND VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
G
1. Replace cylinder head, VVEL ladder assembly and VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-378, "Special Repair Requirement".
H
>> INSPECTION END
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
I
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. 3. Check resistance between VVEL actuator motor terminals as follows.
J
INFOID:0000000004673288
K
L
VVEL actuator motor Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
16 or less
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-378, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2009 October
EC-377
M N O P
INFOID:0000000004673289
2009 G37 Sedan
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Remove VVEL actuator sub assembly. Refer to EM-95, "Disassembly and Assembly". 3. Turn the ball screw shaft to check that it works smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-378, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673290
1.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-378
2009 G37 Sedan
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673291
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
If DTC P1087 or P1088 is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1090 or P1093. Refer to EC-384, "DTC Logic".
C
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1087 P1088
VVEL small event angle malfunction (bank 1)
· Harness or connectors
D
(VVEL actuator motor circuit is
The event angle of VVEL control VVEL small event angle malfunction shaft is always small.
open or shorted.) · VVEL actuator motor · VVEL actuator sub assembly
E
(bank 2)
· VVEL ladder assembly
· VVEL control module
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-379
2009 G37 Sedan
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Description
INFOID:0000000004673292
VVEL control shaft position sensor (1) is placed on VVEL actuator sub assembly and detects the control shaft position angle. A magnet is pressed into the arm on the edge of control shaft. The magnetic field changes as the magnet rotates together with the arm resulting in the output voltage change of the sensor. VVEL control module detects the actual position angle through the voltage change and sends the signal to ECM.
DTC Logic
JMBIA0835ZZ INFOID:0000000004673293
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1089 or P1092 is displayed with DTC P1608, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1608. Refer to EC-461, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P1089
P1092
Trouble diagnosis name VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit
VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2) circuit
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
· An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to VVEL control module.
· An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to VVEL control module.
· Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to VVEL control module compared with the signals from VVEL control shaft position sensor 1 and VVEL control shaft position sensor 2.
· Harness or connectors (VVEL control shaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· VVEL control shaft position sensor · VVEL control module
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
INFOID:0000000004673294
Revision: 2009 October
EC-380
2009 G37 Sedan
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
A
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT EC 1. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground. C
VVEL control shaft position sensor
DTC No.
Ground
Voltage (V)
Bank
Connector
Terminal
D
3
P1089
1
F46
6
Ground
Approx. 5
3
E
P1092
2
F47
6
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
H
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control
J
module harness connector.
K
VVEL control shaft position sensor
VVEL control module
DTC No.
Continuity
Bank
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
2
4
P1089
1
F46
L
5
17
E15
Existed
2
6
P1092
2
F47
5
19
M
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
O
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
P
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-381
2009 G37 Sedan
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
DTC No.
VVEL control shaft position sensor
Bank
Connector
Terminal
VVEL control module
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
1
3
P1089
1
F46
4
16
E15
Existed
1
5
P1092
2
F47
4
18
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace.
9.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MOD-
ULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-380, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1089 or P1092 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> INSPECTION END
11.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-382, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673295
1.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-382
2009 G37 Sedan
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-383
2009 G37 Sedan
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673296
The VVEL actuator motor rotates the control shaft according to the control signal from the VVEL control module. The VVEL control module judges whether the VVEL actuator motor controls the angle properly by the VVEL control shaft position sensor signal.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673297
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1090 or P1093 is displayed with DTC P1091, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1091. Refer to EC-388, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P1090
P1093
Trouble diagnosis name VVEL system performance (bank 1)
VVEL system performance (bank 2)
DTC detecting condition
· Event angle difference between the actual and the target is detected.
· Abnormal current is sent to VVEL actuator motor.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor circuit is open or shorted.)
· VVEL actuator motor · VVEL actuator sub assembly · VVEL ladder assembly · VVEL control module
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 second. 2. Keep the engine speed at about 3,500 rpm for at least 10 seconds under no load. 3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673298
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. 2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and VVEL actuator motor harness
connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-384
2009 G37 Sedan
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
VVEL control module
VVEL actuator motor
A
DTC No.
Continuity
Bank
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
12
1
Existed
EC
2
Not existed
P1090
1
F48
1
Not existed
25
2
Existed
C
E15
1
Existed
2
2
Not existed
P1093
2
F49
D
1
Not existed
15
2
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
F
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39
G
· Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor and VVEL control module
H >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
J
5.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly.
K
2. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
L
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace.
7.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
N
1. Replace VVEL control module. 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MOD- O
ULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-384, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1090 or P1093 displayed again?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-385
P 2009 G37 Sedan
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY
Refer to EM-104, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.REPLACE CYLINDER HEAD, VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY AND VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace cylinder head, VVEL ladder assembly and VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. 3. Check resistance between VVEL actuator motor terminals as follows.
INFOID:0000000004673299
VVEL actuator motor Terminal
Resistance
1 and 2
16 or less
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2009 October
EC-386
INFOID:0000000004673300
2009 G37 Sedan
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Remove VVEL actuator sub assembly. Refer to EM-95, "Disassembly and Assembly". 3. Turn the ball screw shaft to check that it works smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
D
INFOID:0000000004673301
1.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
E
Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
G
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-387
2009 G37 Sedan
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673302
Power supply for the VVEL actuator motor is provided to the VVEL control module via VVEL actuator motor relay. VVEL actuator motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the VVEL control module. In addition, when the VVEL actuator motor relay cannot be controlled by the VVEL control module for some reason, it ON/OFF controlled by ECM.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673303
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1091
VVEL actuator motor relay circuit
· VVEL control module detects the VVEL actuator motor relay is stuck OFF.
· VVEL control module detects the VVEL actuator motor relay is stuck ON.
· Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor relay circuit is open or shorted.) (Abort circuit is open or shorted.)
· VVEL actuator motor relay · VVEL control module · ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds. 4. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-388, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor relay. 3. Check the voltage between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and ground.
INFOID:0000000004673304
VVEL actuator motor relay
Connector
Terminal
1 E16
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2009 October
Ground Ground
Voltage Battery voltage
EC-388
2009 G37 Sedan
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · 50 A fusible link (letter N) · Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor relay and battery
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
C
1. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module
harness connector.
D
VVEL control module
VVEL actuator motor relay
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
E
E15
23
E16
2
Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
4.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module
harness connector.
H
VVEL control module
VVEL actuator motor relay
Continuity
I
Bank
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
1
13
E15
E16
3
Existed
2
1
J
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
K
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
L
Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
M
NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay.
6.CHECK ABORT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
N
2. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and ECM harness connector.
VVEL control module
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
E15
21
F101
28
3. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-389
Continuity Existed
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· Harness connector E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace.
9.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MOD-
ULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-388, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1091 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> INSPECTION END
11.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. 2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay. 3. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay termi-
nals under the following conditions.
INFOID:0000000004673305
Terminal
Condition
3 and 5
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay.
Continuity Existed
Not existed
JMBIA0876ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-390
2009 G37 Sedan
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673306
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for A/F sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1148 P1168
Closed loop control function (bank 1)
Closed loop control function (bank 2)
The closed loop control function for bank 1 does
D
not operate even when vehicle is being driven · Harness or connectors
in the specified condition.
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
The closed loop control function for bank 2 does · A/F sensor 1
E
not operate even when vehicle is being driven · A/F sensor 1 heater
in the specified condition.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-391
2009 G37 Sedan
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673307
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred via the CAN communication line from "ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)" to ECM. Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for "ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)" but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673308
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P1211
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
TCS control unit
ECM receives malfunction information from "ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)".
Possible cause
· ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
· TCS related parts
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
Go to BRC-4, "Work Flow".
INFOID:0000000004673309
Revision: 2009 October
EC-392
2009 G37 Sedan
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673310
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC signals are exchanged between ECM and "ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)".
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for "ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)" but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000004673311
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
NOTE:
· If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
· If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
E
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
F
P1212
· Harness or connectors
ECM cannot receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
TCS communication line "ABS actuator and electric unit (control
ed.)
G
unit)" continuously.
· ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
· Dead (Weak) battery
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
Go to BRC-4, "Work Flow".
J
K
L
INFOID:0000000004673312
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-393
2009 G37 Sedan
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673313
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: · If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. · If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-367, "DTC Logic". If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1217
Engine over temperature (Overheat)
· Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
· Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
· Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method.
· Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
· Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
· IPDM E/R · Cooling fan control module · Cooling fan motor · Radiator hose · Radiator · Radiator cap · Water pump · Thermostat
CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-7, "Draining" and CO-8, "Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Draining"and LU-8, "Refilling". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-394, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673314
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-394
2009 G37 Sedan
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
SEF621W
D
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
E
YES >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
F
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform "FAN DUTY CONTROL" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III.
G
3. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT-III Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis H Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
I
NO >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
INFOID:0000000004673315
J
With CONSULT-III
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform "FAN DUTY CONTROL" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-490, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-7, "Inspection".
O
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
P
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak. · Hose · Radiator · Water pump
Revision: 2009 October
EC-395
2009 G37 Sedan
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-11, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace thermostat
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-192, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.
[VQ37VHR]
Engine Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
OFF
1
· Blocked radiator
· Visual
No blocking
--
· Blocked condenser
· Blocked radiator grille
· Blocked bumper
2
· Coolant mixture
· Coolant tester
MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio"
3
· Coolant level
· Visual
Coolant up to MAX level in CO-7, "Inspection" reservoir tank and radiator filler neck
4
· Radiator cap
· Pressure tester
107 kPa
CO-11, "RADIATOR CAP
(1.1 kg/cm2, 16 psi) (Limit) : Inspection"
ON*2
5
· Coolant leaks
· Visual
No leaks
CO-7, "Inspection"
ON*2
6
· Thermostat
· Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot CO-21, "Inspection"
ON*1
7
· Cooling fan
· CONSULT-III
Operating
EC-490, "Component Function Check"
OFF
8
· Combustion gas leak · Color checker chemical Negative
--
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3
9
· Coolant temperature · Visual
gauge
Gauge less than 3/4 when
--
driving
· Coolant overflow to res- · Visual ervoir tank
No overflow during driving CO-7, "Inspection" and idling
OFF*4
10 · Coolant return from res- · Visual ervoir tank to radiator
Should be initial level in reservoir tank
CO-7, "Inspection"
OFF
11 · Cylinder head
· Straight gauge feeler gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-117, "Inspection" mum distortion (warping)
12 · Cylinder block and pis- · Visual tons
No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston
EM-131, "Inspection"
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-396
2009 G37 Sedan
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
For more information, refer to CO-3, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-397
2009 G37 Sedan
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR
Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704200
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004673317
DTC No. P1225 P1234
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 1)
Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 2)
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Closed throttle position learning value · Electric throttle control actuator
is excessively low.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the intake air duct.
INFOID:0000000004673318
Revision: 2009 October
EC-398
2009 G37 Sedan
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-399, "Special Repair Requirement".
JMBIA0025ZZ
D
E
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673319
F
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
H
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" I
>> END
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-399
2009 G37 Sedan
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR
Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704235
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004673321
DTC No. P1226 P1235
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 1)
Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 2)
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
Possible cause
· Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the intake air duct.
INFOID:0000000004673322
Revision: 2009 October
EC-400
2009 G37 Sedan
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-401, "Special Repair Requirement".
JMBIA0025ZZ
D
E
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673323
F
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
H
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" I
>> END
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-401
2009 G37 Sedan
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description
INFOID:0000000004673324
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673325
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1233 or P2101 is displayed with DTC P1238, P1290, P2100 or 2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1238, P2119 or P1290, P2100. Refer to EC-409, "DTC Logic" or EC-414, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P1233 P2101
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Electric throttle control performance (bank 2)
Electric throttle control performance (bank 1)
Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
· Electric throttle control actuator
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when engine is running.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-402, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673326
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-402
2009 G37 Sedan
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
A
DTC
+
Condition
Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
OFF
Approx. 0
P1233 F102
52
ON
Battery voltage
M107
128
Ignition switch
OFF
Approx. 0
C
P2101 F101
3
ON
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
F
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IPDM E/R
ECM
Continuity
G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E7
70
F101
25
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
I
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
J
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
K
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II L 1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
IPDM E/R
ECM
Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P1233
F102
52
P2101
E7
54
Existed
F101
3
N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
P
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK FUSE
Revision: 2009 October
EC-403
2009 G37 Sedan
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
DTC
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Continuity
P1233
2
F27
49
Existed
5
50
Not existed
F102
49
Not existed
6
50
Existed
P2101
1
F6
2
Existed
1
4
Not existed
F101
2
Not existed
2
4
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace.
10.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. 2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: 2009 October
EC-404
JMBIA0025ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
A
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
13.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
EC
1. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-405, "Special Repair Requirement".
C
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
D
INFOID:0000000004673327
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
E
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.
F
Electric throttle control actuator
Resistance ()
Bank
Terminals
G
1
1 and 2
Approx. 1 - 15 [at 25°C (77°F)]
2
5 and 6
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
I
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-405, "Special Repair Requirement".
J
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673328
K
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
M
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" N
>> END
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-405
2009 G37 Sedan
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673329
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673330
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1236 P2118
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Throttle control motor (bank 2) circuit short
Throttle control motor (bank 1) circuit short
ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.
Possible cause
· Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
· Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-406, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673331
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-406
2009 G37 Sedan
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
A
DTC
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
49
Existed
5
EC
50
Not existed
P1236
2
F27
F102
49
Not existed
6
50
Existed
C
2
Existed
1
4
Not existed
P2118
1
F6
F101
D
2
Not existed
2
4
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
F
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-407, "Component Inspection".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
H
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
J
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-408, "Special Repair Requirement".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
L
INFOID:0000000004673332
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR M 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. 3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.
N
Electric throttle control actuator
Resistance ()
Bank
Terminals
O
1
1 and 2
Approx. 1 - 15 [at 25°C (77°F)]
2
5 and 6
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-408, "Special Repair Requirement".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-407
2009 G37 Sedan
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673333
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-408
2009 G37 Sedan
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Description
A
INFOID:0000000004673334
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
C
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673335
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
E
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
P1238
Electric throttle control
actuator (bank 2)
B)
tion.
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range.
F
P2119
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
· Electric throttle control actuator
G
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
Electric throttle control
tion.
H
actuator (bank 1)
B)
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
M
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
N
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
O
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T). 4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-409
2009 G37 Sedan
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673336
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the intake air duct. 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. 2. Go to EC-410, "Special Repair Requirement".
JMBIA0025ZZ
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673337
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-410
2009 G37 Sedan
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR
Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004704251
EC
C
D
DTC Logic
PBIB0145E
E
INFOID:0000000004673339
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
F
NOTE:
If DTC P1239 or P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1239 P2135
Throttle position sensor
H
(bank 2) circuit range/
· Harness or connector
performance
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or short-
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
ed.)
Throttle position sensor and TP sensor 2.
· Electric throttle control actuator
I
(bank 1) circuit range/
(TP sensor 1 or 2)
performance
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure K
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-411, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
N O P
INFOID:0000000004673340
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-411
2009 G37 Sedan
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
[VQ37VHR]
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
DTC
Electric throttle control actuator Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
P1239
2
F27
P2135
1
F6
1
Ground
Approx. 5
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
DTC
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P1239
2
F27
P2135
1
F6
4
48
F101
Existed
3
40
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
Electric throttle control actuator
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P1239
2
F27
P2135
1
F6
2
31
3
35
F101
Existed
4
30
5
34
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-412
2009 G37 Sedan
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. EC-413, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673341
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
E
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
F
ECM
+
Condition
Voltage (V)
G
Connector
Terminal
Terminal
30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)]
40
Fully released More than 0.36
H
Fully depressed Less than 4.75
Fully released More than 0.36
31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2)]
48
Fully depressed Less than 4.75
I
F101
Accelerator pedal
Fully released Less than 4.75
34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)]
40
Fully depressed More than 0.36
J
Fully released Less than 4.75
35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2)]
48
Fully depressed More than 0.36
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
L
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-413, "Special Repair Requirement".
M
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
N
INFOID:0000000004673342
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
P
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-413
2009 G37 Sedan
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Description
INFOID:0000000004673343
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ECM.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673344
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1290 P2100
P2103
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Throttle control motor relay circuit open (bank 2)
Throttle control motor relay circuit open (bank 1)
ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low.
· Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
· Throttle control motor relay
Throttle control motor relay circuit short
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.
· Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
· Throttle control motor relay
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Which DTC is detected?
P1290, P2100>>GO TO 2. P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1290 AND P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673345
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-414
2009 G37 Sedan
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
IPDM E/R
ECM
Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E7
70
F101
25
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
D
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
E
· Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
IPDM E/R
ECM
DTC
Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
P1290
F102
52
P2100
F101
3
E7
54
Existed
I
F101
3
P2103
F102
52
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
K
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
L
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
M >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R.
N
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
O
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-415
2009 G37 Sedan
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673346
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673347
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: · If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P1421
Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring
DTC detecting condition
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with prewarming up condition.
Possible cause
· Lack of intake air volume · Fuel injection system · ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check the indication of "COOLAN TEMP/S".
If it is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F), go to the following steps. If it is below 4°C (39°F), warm engine up to more than 4°C (39°F) and retry from step 1. If it is above 36°C (97°F), cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F) and retry from step 1. 5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-416, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. · Crushed intake air passage · Intake air passage clogging
Revision: 2009 October
EC-416
INFOID:0000000004673348
2009 G37 Sedan
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-416, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F
1. Replace ECM. 2. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair
G
Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-417
2009 G37 Sedan
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673349
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the battery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-6, "System Description". CAUTION: Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The connection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery discharge may occur.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673350
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P1550
Battery current sensor circuit range/performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The output voltage of the battery current sensor remains within the specified range while engine is running.
· Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Battery current sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-418, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
INFOID:0000000004673351
Revision: 2009 October
EC-418
2009 G37 Sedan
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
Battery current sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
C
E21
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
D
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
Battery current sensor
ECM
Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
E21
2
F102
95
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
K
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39
L
· Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
Battery current sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E21
3
F102
91
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39
Revision: 2009 October
EC-419
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-420, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
INFOID:0000000004673352
: To body ground
4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following.
Connector
ECM + Terminal
Terminal
Voltage (V)
JMBIA0027ZZ
F102
91 (Battery current sensor signal)
95
Approx. 2.5
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-420
2009 G37 Sedan
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673353
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the EC engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power C
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-6,
"System Description".
D
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery dis-
charge may occur.
E
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673354
F
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P1551 or P1552 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1551
H
Battery current sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sen- · Harness or connectors
low input
sor is sent to ECM.
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
P1552
Battery current sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sen- or shorted.)
sor is sent to ECM.
· Battery current sensor
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
L
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON
M >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
N
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-421, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673355
P
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-421
2009 G37 Sedan
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
Battery current sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
E21
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Battery current sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E21
2
F102
95
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Battery current sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E21
3
F102
91
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-422
2009 G37 Sedan
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-429, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
EC C D E
INFOID:0000000004673356
F G
: To body ground
H
4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and
body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following.
Connector
ECM + Terminal
Terminal
Voltage (V)
J
JMBIA0027ZZ
K
F102
91 (Battery current sensor signal)
95
Approx. 2.5
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-423
2009 G37 Sedan
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673357
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the battery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-6, "System Description". CAUTION: Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The connection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery discharge may occur.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673358
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1553 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P1553
Trouble diagnosis name
Battery current sensor performance
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
The signal voltage transmitted from the sensor to ECM is higher than the amount of the maximum power generation.
· Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Battery current sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-424, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
INFOID:0000000004673359
Revision: 2009 October
EC-424
2009 G37 Sedan
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
Battery current sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
C
E21
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
D
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
Battery current sensor
ECM
Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
E21
2
F102
95
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
K
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39
L
· Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
Battery current sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E21
3
F102
91
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39
Revision: 2009 October
EC-425
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-429, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
INFOID:0000000004673360
: To body ground
4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following.
Connector
ECM + Terminal
Terminal
Voltage (V)
JMBIA0027ZZ
F102
91 (Battery current sensor signal)
95
Approx. 2.5
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-426
2009 G37 Sedan
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673361
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the EC engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power C
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-6,
"System Description".
D
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery dis-
charge may occur.
E
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673362
F
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P1554 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC368, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1554
H
Battery current sensor performance
The output voltage of the battery current sensor is lower than the specified value while the battery voltage is high enough.
· Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
· Battery current sensor
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
J
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-427, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this K check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
L
NO >> Go to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check
1.PRECONDITIONING
INFOID:0000000004673363
M
TESTING CONDITION: · Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle. N · Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK P
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Select "BAT CUR SEN" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "BAT CUR SEN" indication for 10 seconds.
"BAT CUR SEN" should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-427
2009 G37 Sedan
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
F102
91 (Battery current sensor signal)
95
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Diagnosis Procedure
Voltage (V) Above 2.3 at least once
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
INFOID:0000000004673364
Battery current sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
E21
1
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Battery current sensor
ECM
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E21
2
F102
95
Continuity Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-428
2009 G37 Sedan
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
Battery current sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E21
3
F102
91
Existed
D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
F
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
· Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
G
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-429, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
H
I J K
INFOID:0000000004673365
L
M
: To body ground
N
4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and
body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
O
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following.
Connector
ECM + Terminal
Terminal
Voltage (V)
P
JMBIA0027ZZ
F102
91 (Battery current sensor signal)
95
Approx. 2.5
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-429
2009 G37 Sedan
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-430
2009 G37 Sedan
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673366
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673367
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
D
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-365, "DTC Logic".
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
E
Possible cause
· An excessively high voltage signal from the
P1564
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. · ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. · ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
· Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
· ASCD steering switch · ECM
F G
is stuck ON.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-431, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
INFOID:0000000004673368
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
Revision: 2009 October
EC-431
2009 G37 Sedan
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "MAIN SW", "CANCEL SW", "RESUME/ACC SW" and "SET SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with
CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
MAIN SW
MAIN switch
Pressed Released
ON OFF
CANCEL SW
CANCEL switch
Pressed Released
ON OFF
RESUME/ACC SW
RESUME/ACCEL- Pressed
ERATE switch
Released
ON OFF
SET SW
Pressed SET/COAST switch
Released
ON OFF
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
MAIN switch: Pressed
Approx. 0
M107
101 (ASCD steering switch signal)
CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approx. 1
108
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approx. 2
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3
All ASCD steering switches: Released
Approx. 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M303. 4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
Combination switch
ECM
Continuity
Terminal
Connector Terminal
16
M107
108
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Combination switch (spiral cable) · Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-432
2009 G37 Sedan
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
[VQ37VHR]
A
Combination switch
ECM
EC
Continuity
Terminal
Connector Terminal
13
M107
101
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
D
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
E
· Combination switch (spiral cable)
· Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
F
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH G Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
H
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
J
INFOID:0000000004673369
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M303. 3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi- L
tions.
Combination switch
M
Condition
Resistance ()
Connector Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed
Approx. 0
N
CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approx. 250
M303 13 and 16 SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approx. 660
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
O
All ASCD steering switches: Released
Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
P
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-433
2009 G37 Sedan
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673370
ICC steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to CCS-17, "System Description" for the ICC function.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673371
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-365, "DTC Logic".
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1564
ICC steering switch
· An excessively high voltage signal from the ICC steering switch is sent to ECM.
· ECM detects that input signal from the ICC steering switch is out of the specified range.
· ECM detects that the ICC steering switch is stuck ON.
· Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
· ICC steering switch · ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds. 5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Press DISTANCE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-434, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673372
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
Revision: 2009 October
EC-434
2009 G37 Sedan
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "MAIN SW", "CANCEL SW", "RESUME/ACC SW", "SET SW" and "DIST SW" in "DATA MONITOR" A
mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
EC
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
MAIN SW
MAIN switch
Released
OFF
C
Pressed
ON
CANCEL SW
CANCEL switch
Released
OFF
D
RESUME/ACC SW
RESUME/ACCEL- Pressed
ERATE switch
Released
ON OFF
Pressed
ON
E
SET SW
SET/COAST switch
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
DIST SW
DISTANCE switch
F
Released
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
H
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
MAIN switch: Pressed
Approx. 0
I
CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approx. 1.3
M107
101 (ICC steering switch signal)
108
DISTANCE switch: Pressed SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approx. 2.2 Approx. 3.0
J
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3.7
All ICC steering switches: Released
Approx. 4.3
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3.
L
3.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M303.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
N
Combination switch
ECM
Continuity
Terminal
Connector Terminal
16
M107
108
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Combination switch (spiral cable) · Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-435
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
Combination switch
ECM
Continuity
Terminal
Connector Terminal
13
M107
101
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Combination switch (spiral cable) · Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace ICC steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673373
1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M303. 3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.
Combination switch Connector Terminals
Condition
MAIN switch: Pressed
CANCEL switch: Pressed
M303
DISTANCE switch: Pressed 13 and 16
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
All ICC steering switches: Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC steering switch
Resistance ()
Approx. 0 Approx. 310 Approx. 740 Approx. 1,400 Approx. 2,600 Approx. 5,500
Revision: 2009 October
EC-436
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1568 ICC FUNCTION
DTC Logic
P1568 ICC FUNCTION
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673374
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EC
NOTE:
· If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
· If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer C to EC-365, "DTC Logic".
· If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-367, "DTC Logic". D
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis Name
DTC Detecting Condition
Possible Cause
P1568
ICC function
· Harness or connectors
E
ECM detects a difference between signals
(The CAN communication line is open or
from ICC sensor integrated unit is out of spec- shorted.)
ified range.
· ICC sensor integrated unit
· ECM
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
Step 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Press MAIN switch on ICC steering switch. 3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Press SET/COAST switch. 5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
J K L M N
INFOID:0000000004673375
1.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT
O
1. Replace ICC sensor integrated unit.
2. Perform CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control
Mode)".
P
3. Check DTC of ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-37, "Diagnosis Description".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-437
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673376
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673377
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: · If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-365, "DTC Logic". · This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1572
A) ASCD brake switch
B)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to the ECM at the same time.
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven.
· Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
· Harness or connectors (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
· Stop lamp switch · ASCD brake switch · Incorrect stop lamp switch installation · Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation · ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can be detected.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). 2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates. 3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Vehicle speed Selector lever
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Suitable position
Revision: 2009 October
EC-438
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC 1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
C
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
D
Vehicle speed
More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Selector lever
Suitable position
E
Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location
five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
F
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
G
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
INFOID:0000000004673378
H
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
2. Select "BRAKE SW1" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check "BRAKE SW1" indication under the following conditions.
J
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed
OFF
K
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Fully released
ON
Without CONSULT-III
L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
M
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
N
M107
126 (ASCD brake switch signal)
128
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed
Approx. 0
O
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Fully released
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> A/T models: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> M/T models: GO TO 8.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III Select "BRAKE SW2" and check indication under the following conditions.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-439
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
Slightly depressed BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released
ON OFF
Without CONSULT-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
M107
122 (Stop lamp switch signal)
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
128
Brake pedal
Fully released
Approx. 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> GO TO 16.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
ASCD brake switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E109
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 3) · Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ASCD brake switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109
2
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E106, M6
Revision: 2009 October
EC-440
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)" Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E
ASCD clutch switch
Ground Connector Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
F
Slightly depressed Approx. 0
E108
1
Ground Brake pedal
Fully released
Battery voltage
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 9.
H
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
J
ASCD brake switch
Ground
Voltage
Connector Terminal
K
E109
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
L
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
M
· Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
· 10 A fuse (No. 3)
· Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ASCD brake switch harness P
connector.
ASCD clutch switch ASCD brake switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E108
1
E109
2
Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-441
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
13.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ASCD clutch switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E108
2
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 14.
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E106, M6 · Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-444, "Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. 3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Stop lamp switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E110
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> GO TO 17.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 7) · Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-442
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
18.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A 1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
Stop lamp switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
2
M107
122
Existed
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 19.
19.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
· Fuse block (J/B) connectors E103, M2
· Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
F
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
20.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
G
Refer to EC-444, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
21.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
I
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
J
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I
INFOID:0000000004673379
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
L
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
M
Fully released
Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II
O
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
P
Terminals
Condition
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
Continuity Existed
Not existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-443
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
[VQ37VHR]
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)
INFOID:0000000004673380
1.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ASCD clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
INFOID:0000000004673381
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
Continuity Not existed
Existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-444
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673382
When the brake pedal is depressed, ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM EC detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to CCS-31, "System Description" for the ICC function.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673383
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
D
· If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-365, "DTC Logic".
· This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
E
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
ON signals from the stop lamp switch and · Harness or connectors
G
A) the ICC brake switch are sent to ECM at
(The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
the same time.
· Harness or connectors
(The ICC brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572 ICC brake switch
· Stop lamp switch ICC brake switch signal is not sent to ECM · ICC brake switch
H
B) for extremely long time while the vehicle is · ICC brake hold relay
being driven
· Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
· Incorrect ICC brake switch installation
I
· ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected.
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
N
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
O
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
P
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Vehicle speed Selector lever
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: 2009 October
More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Suitable position
EC-445
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[VQ37VHR]
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Vehicle speed
More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "BRAKE SW1" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "BRAKE SW1" indication under the following conditions.
INFOID:0000000004673384
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed Fully released
OFF ON
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
Connector
ECM +
Terminal
Terminal
M107
126 (ICC brake switch signal)
128
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> A/T models: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> M/T models: GO TO 8.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Condition
Voltage (V)
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed
Approx. 0
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Fully released
Battery voltage
With CONSULT-III Select "BRAKE SW2" and check indication under the following conditions.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-446
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
A
Slightly depressed
ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released
OFF
EC
Without CONSULT-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
C
ECM
+
Condition
Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Terminal
D
M107
122 (Stop lamp switch signal)
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
128
Brake pedal
Fully released
Approx. 0
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> GO TO 16.
F
3.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
H
ICC brake switch
Ground
Voltage
Connector Terminal
I
E114
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
· Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
· 10 A fuse (No. 3)
L
· Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
M
5.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
N
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E114
2
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-447
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
· Harness connectors E106, M6 · Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
8.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.
ICC clutch switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
E113
Slightly depressed Approx. 0
1
Ground Brake pedal
Fully released
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
ICC brake switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E114
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 3) · Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ICC brake switch harness con-
nector.
ICC clutch switch
Connector Terminal
E113
1
ICC brake switch
Connector Terminal
E114
2
Continuity Existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-448
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
13.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
ICC clutch switch
ECM
Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
E114
1
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 14.
H
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E106, M6
I
· Harness for open or short between ICC clutch switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
15.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-451, "Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
L
16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
M
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ICC brake hold relay harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
N
Stop lamp switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E110
1
Ground Battery voltage
5. Check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
ICC brake hold relay Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E51
3
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> GO TO 17.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-449
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 7) · Harness for open or short between battery and stop lamp switch · Harness for open or short between battery and ICC brake hold relay
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
18.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Stop lamp switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
2
M107
122
Existed
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake hold relay
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E51
5
M107
122
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> GO TO 19.
19.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103, M2 · Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch · Harness for open or short between ECM and ICC brake hold relay
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
20.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-451, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
21.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY
Refer to EC-452, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-I
Revision: 2009 October
EC-450
INFOID:0000000004673385
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector.
A
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
EC
Fully released
Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-II
D
1. Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
E
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
Fully released
Existed
F
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)
INFOID:0000000004673386
H
1.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
J
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
Fully released
Existed
1 and 2 Clutch pedal
K
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ICC clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment".
M
2. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
N O P
INFOID:0000000004673387
Revision: 2009 October
EC-451
2009 G37 Sedan
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove ICC brake hold relay. 3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay terminals
under the following conditions.
INFOID:0000000004673388
Terminals
Condition
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 3 and 5
No current supply
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay
Continuity Existed
Not existed
JMBIA0848ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-452
2009 G37 Sedan
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673389
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from "unified meter and EC A/C amp.", and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for ASCD functions.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673390
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
D
· If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
· If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-346, "DTC Logic". · If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
E
to EC-365, "DTC Logic".
· If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
· Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
P1574
ASCD vehicle speed The difference between the two vehicle speed · Unified meter and A/C amp.
sensor
signals is out of the specified range.
· ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
H
· Wheel sensor
· TCM · ECM
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
N
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
O
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-453, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673391
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-453
2009 G37 Sedan
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)"
Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-454
2009 G37 Sedan
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673392
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from "unified meter EC and A/C amp.", and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ICC control. Refer to CCS-17, "System Description" for ICC functions.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673393
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
D
· If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
· If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-346, "DTC Logic". · If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
E
to EC-365, "DTC Logic".
· If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
· Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
P1574
ICC vehicle speed sensor
The difference between the two vehicle speed · Unified meter and A/C amp.
signals is out of the specified range.
· ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
H
· Wheel sensor
· TCM · ECM
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
N
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
O
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673394
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-455
2009 G37 Sedan
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)"
Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-456
2009 G37 Sedan
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Description
The VVEL control module consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The VVEL control module controls VVEL system.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673395
EC
C
D
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
JMBIA0879ZZ
E
INFOID:0000000004673396
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
· VVEL control module calculation
G
P1606
VVEL control module
function is malfunctioning. · VVEL EEP-ROM system is malfunc-
· VVEL control module
tioning.
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-457, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-457, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1606 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. Revision: 2009 October
EC-457
L M N
INFOID:0000000004673397
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-458
2009 G37 Sedan
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Description
The VVEL control module consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The VVEL control module controls VVEL system.
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673398
EC
C
D
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
JMBIA0879ZZ
E
INFOID:0000000004673399
F
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1607
VVEL control module circuit
· The internal circuit of the VVEL control module is malfunctioning.
· VVEL control module
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-459, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
K L
M
INFOID:0000000004673400
N
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
O
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-459, "DTC Logic". P
Is the DTC P1607 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-459
2009 G37 Sedan
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-460
2009 G37 Sedan
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673401
EC
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P1608
· Harness or connectors
C
VVEL control module detects a voltage
(VVEL control shaft position sensor
VVEL sensor power supply circuit of power source for sensor is excessively power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
low or high.
· VVEL control shaft position sensor · VVEL control module
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-461, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
INFOID:0000000004673402
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
M
2.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON.
N
3. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
VVEL control shaft position sensor
Bank
Connector
Terminal
3
1
F46
6
3
2
F47
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2009 October
Ground Ground
EC-461
Voltage (V) Approx. 5
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control
module harness connector.
VVEL control shaft position sensor
Bank
Connector
Terminal
VVEL control module
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
3
9
1
F46
6
22
E15
Existed
3
7
2
F47
6
20
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MOD-
ULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace.
8.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. 2. Go to EC-462, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
1.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
INFOID:0000000004673403
Revision: 2009 October
EC-462
2009 G37 Sedan
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Require-
ment".
A
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
EC
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
C >> END
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-463
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673404
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673405
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1805
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Brake switch
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven.
· Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
· Stop lamp switch
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. 3. Erase the DTC. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-464, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
INFOID:0000000004673406
Brake pedal
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Slightly depressed
Illuminated
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. 2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Stop lamp switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E110
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 7)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-464
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
· Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
Stop lamp switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D
E110
2
M107
122
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
F
Check the following.
· Fuse block (J/B) connector E103, M2
G
· Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-465, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
H
I
J
K
INFOID:0000000004673407
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-465
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Terminals
Condition
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
Continuity Not existed
Existed
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-466
2009 G37 Sedan
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673408
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
EC
C
D
PBIB1741E
E
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673409
F
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
H
P2122 P2123
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
· Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
I
J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure K
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
N
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-467, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
O
P
INFOID:0000000004673410
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-467
2009 G37 Sedan
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
APP sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
E112
5
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106 · Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112
4
M107
100
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106 · Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112
3
M107
97
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: 2009 October
EC-468
2009 G37 Sedan
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106 · Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
[VQ37VHR]
A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
D
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
E
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Fully released
97 (APP sensor 1)
100
Fully depressed
M107
Accelerator pedal
Fully released
98 (APP sensor 2)
104
Fully depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
Voltage (V)
0.45 - 1.0 4.2 - 4.8 0.22 - 0.50 2.1 - 2.5
F
G
INFOID:0000000004673411
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
P
INFOID:0000000004673412
1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2. Revision: 2009 October
EC-469
2009 G37 Sedan
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
[VQ37VHR]
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-470
2009 G37 Sedan
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Description
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004704290
EC
C
D
PBIB1741E
E
INFOID:0000000004673414
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
G
P2127 P2128
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
· Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
H
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
I
· Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
sensor 2) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted)
J
· Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
· Refrigerant pressure sensor
· Brake booster pressure sensor
K
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC.
P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-472, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-471
2009 G37 Sedan
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673415
APP sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
E112
6
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112
6
M107
103
Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106 · Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM
Sensor
Connector Terminal
Name
F101
45
Brake booster pressure sensor
46
CKP sensor (POS)
103 APP sensor
M107
EVAP control system pressure sensor 107
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6.
Connector E48 F2 E112 B30 E77
Terminal 1 1 6 3 3
Revision: 2009 October
EC-472
2009 G37 Sedan
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
[VQ37VHR]
A
Check the following.
· Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) · Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".)
EC
· EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".)
· Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
E
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor
ECM
Continuity
F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112
2
M107
104
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
H
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
I
· Harness connectors M6, E106
· Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
J
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
APP sensor
ECM
Continuity
L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112
1
M107
98
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
N
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
O
· Harness connectors M6, E106
· Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
P >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-473
2009 G37 Sedan
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
12.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Go to EC-474, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
INFOID:0000000004673416
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Fully released
97 (APP sensor 1)
100
Fully depressed
M107
Accelerator pedal
Fully released
98 (APP sensor 2)
104
Fully depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
Voltage (V)
0.45 - 1.0 4.2 - 4.8 0.22 - 0.50 2.1 - 2.5
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004673417
1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-474
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P2138 APP SENSOR
Description
P2138 APP SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004704291
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
EC
C
D
PBIB1741E
E
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004673419
F
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
H
· Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
I
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2138
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
shorted.)
tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 · Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP
J
performance
and APP sensor 2.
sensor 2)
(Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is
shorted)
K
· Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
· EVAP control system pressure sensor
· Brake booster pressure sensor
· Refrigerant pressure sensor
L
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-476, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-475
P 2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis Procedure
P2138 APP SENSOR
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673420
APP sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
E112
5
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106 · Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage (V)
E112
6
Ground
Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor
ECM
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112
6
M107
103
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Continuity Existed
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106
Revision: 2009 October
EC-476
2009 G37 Sedan
P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
ECM
Sensor
C
Connector Terminal
Name
Connector Terminal
45
Brake booster pressure sensor
E48
1
F101
D
46
CKP sensor (POS)
F2
1
103 APP sensor
E112
6
M107
EVAP control system pressure sensor
B30
3
107
E
Refrigerant pressure sensor
E77
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
F
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK COMPONENTS G
Check the following.
· Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".)
· Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) · EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".)
H
· Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
I
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
APP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
L
4
100
E112
M107
Existed
2
104
M
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
N
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
O
· Harness connectors M6, E106
· Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
P
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-477
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P2138 APP SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
APP sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112
3
97
M107
Existed
1
98
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106 · Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-474, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 14.
14.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Go to EC-479, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
INFOID:0000000004673421
Connector
ECM + Terminal
Terminal
97 (APP sensor 1)
100
M107
98 (APP sensor 2)
104
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
Condition
Fully released Fully depressed Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed
Voltage (V)
0.45 - 1.0 4.2 - 4.8 0.22 - 0.50 2.1 - 2.5
Revision: 2009 October
EC-478
2009 G37 Sedan
P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC >> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement
1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
INFOID:0000000004673422
C
Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
E
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 3.
F
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
G
>> END H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-479
2009 G37 Sedan
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
Description
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F).
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673423
JMBIA0112GB
DTC Logic
PBIB3354E INFOID:0000000004673424
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not it will shift to LEAN side or RICH side.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
P2A00 P2A03
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit range/performance
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit range/performance
· The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the lean side for a specified period.
· The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the rich side for a specified period.
· A/F sensor 1 · A/F sensor 1 heater · Fuel pressure · Fuel injector · Intake air leaks
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-480
2009 G37 Sedan
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
A
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. 8. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-481, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
C
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
INFOID:0000000004673425
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
F
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
1. Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installation".
G
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
H
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
I
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
J
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
K
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-241, "Diagnosis L
Procedure" or EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
N
Water should not exit.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-481
2009 G37 Sedan
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
DTC
Bank
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
P2A00
1
F3
P2A03
2
F20
4 Ground Battery voltage
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 15 A fuse (No. 46) · Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC
A/F sensor 1
ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P2A00
1
F3
P2A03
2
F20
1
57
2
61
F102
Existed
1
65
2
66
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
DTC P2A00 P2A03
Bank 1 2
A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal
1 F3
2 1 F20 2
Ground Continuity Ground Not existed
DTC
ECM Bank Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
P2A00
1
P2A03
2
F102
57 61
Ground Not existed 65 66
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Revision: 2009 October
EC-482
2009 G37 Sedan
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
D
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
· Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a E
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
· Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool).
F
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 12.
G
NO >> GO TO 13.
12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT-III
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "A/F ADJ-B1" and "A/F ADJ-B2" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that "0.000" is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
I
Is "0.000" displayed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 13.
J
13.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
K
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 14.
L
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT-III
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "A/F ADJ-B1" and "A/F ADJ-B2" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that "0.000" is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
N
>> INSPECTION END O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-483
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673426
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673427
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "BRAKE SW1" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "BRAKE SW1" indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed Fully released
OFF ON
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
M107
126 (ASCD brake switch signal)
128
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed Fully released
Approx. 0 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-484, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673428
1.INSPECTION START
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
Which type of transmission?
A/T >> GO TO 2. M/T >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
ASCD brake switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E109
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October
EC-484
2009 G37 Sedan
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
[VQ37VHR]
A
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
EC
· 10 A fuse (No. 3)
· Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
ASCD brake switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
E109
2
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E106, M6
I
· Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-487, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
N
ASCD clutch switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
Slightly depressed Approx. 0
O
E108
1
Ground Brake pedal
Fully released
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-485
2009 G37 Sedan
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
ASCD brake switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E109
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 3) · Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ASCD brake switch harness
connector.
ASCD clutch switch ASCD brake switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E108
1
E109
2
Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-487, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
12.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ASCD clutch switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E108
2
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E106, M6 · Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
Revision: 2009 October
EC-486
2009 G37 Sedan
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-487, "Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
D
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I
INFOID:0000000004673429
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
F
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
G
Fully released
Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II
I
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
J
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)
K L M
INFOID:0000000004673430
1.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
Fully released
Existed
1 and 2 Clutch pedal
P
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ASCD clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-487
2009 G37 Sedan
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
[VQ37VHR]
2. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-488
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ASCD INDICATOR
Description
ASCD INDICATOR
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004704358
ASCD operation status is indicated by two indicators (CRUISE and SET) and CRUISE lamp in combination EC meter.
CRUISE indicator is displayed to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation when MAIN switch on
ASCD steering switch is turned ON.
SET indicator is displayed when the following conditions are met.
C
· CRUISE indicator is displayed.
· SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the
ASCD setting.
D
SET indicator is displayed during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-63, "System Diagram" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673432
E
1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
F
ASCD INDICATOR
CONDITION
CRUISE LAMP
· Ignition switch: ON
· MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the 2nd time
SET LAMP
· MAIN switch: ON · When vehicle speed is be-
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
· ASCD: Operating · ASCD: Not operating
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-489, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair or replace.
SPECIFICATION
G
ON OFF
ON
H
OFF
I
J
INFOID:0000000004673433
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-489
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
COOLING FAN
Description
COOLING FAN
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673434
COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE
Cooling fan control module receives ON/OFF pulse duty signal from IPDM E/R. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module sends cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motor. The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
COOLING FAN MOTOR
Cooling fan motor receives cooling fan motor operating voltage from cooling fan control module. The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673435
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform "FAN DUTY CONTROL" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis
Description". 2. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-490, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673436
1.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector E37. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan control module Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E37
3
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan control module Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
E37
1
Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-490
2009 G37 Sedan
COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E5, E6. 2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
IPDM E/R Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
E5
12
C
Ground Existed
E6
41
3. Also check harness for short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E9. 2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan control module harness con- F
nector.
IPDM E/R
Cooling fan control module
G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E9
97
E37
2
Existed
H
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
I
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
J
2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connectors E301, E302.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
K
Cooling fan control module
Connector
Ground Terminal
Voltage
L
--
4
Ground Battery voltage
--
6
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace cooling fan control module.
N
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS -1 AND -2
Refer to EC-492, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.
7.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect cooling fan relay. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay harness connector and ground.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-491
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
COOLING FAN
[VQ37VHR]
Cooling fan relay Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
2
E17
Ground Battery voltage
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · 10 A fuse (No. 42) · IPDM E/R harness connector E7 · 50 A fusible link (letter F) · Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and fuse · Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and battery
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E6. 3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Cooling fan relay
IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E17
1
E6
42
Existed
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and cooling fan control module harness connector.
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan control module Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E17
5
E37
3
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY
Refer to EC-493, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness connectors.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)
INFOID:0000000004673437
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2009 October
EC-492
2009 G37 Sedan
COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connectors E301, E302. 3. Supply cooling fan control module terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Cooling fan control module
Motor
Connector
Terminal (+) ()
Operation
1
E301
4
5
Cooling fan operates.
2
E302
6
7
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove cooling fan relay. 3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under
the following conditions.
Terminals
Conditions
3 and 5
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.
Continuity Existed
Not existed
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D
INFOID:0000000004673438
E F G H I
JMBIA0876ZZ
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-493
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673439
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673440
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Connect CONSULT-III and select "DATA MONITOR" mode. 3. Select "LOAD SIGNAL" and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
ON LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF
ON OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-494, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check "LOAD SIGNAL" indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
ON at 2nd position LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch
OFF
ON OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to EC-494, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
Select "HEATER FAN SW" and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
ON HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF
ON OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-494, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673441
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-494, "Component Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2. Headlamp>>GO TO 3. Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-3, "Work Flow".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-494
2009 G37 Sedan
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to EXL-5, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to HAC-4, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-495
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
Description
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
Component Function Check
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform "POWER BALANCE" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673442
SEF375Z INFOID:0000000004673443
PBIB3332E INFOID:0000000004673444
Revision: 2009 October
EC-496
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
FUEL INJECTOR
[VQ37VHR]
Fuel injector
A
Ground
Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1
F121
1
EC
2
F122
1
3
F123
1
Ground Battery voltage
4
F124
1
C
5
F125
1
6
F126
1
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E40, F39
F
· Harness connectors F10, F120
· IPDM E/R harness connector E7
· 10 A fuse (No. 44) · Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
G
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
I
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel injector
ECM
J
Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
F121
2
89
K
2
F122
2
85
3
F123
2
81
F102
Existed
4
F124
2
90
L
5
F125
2
86
6
F126
2
82
M
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
N
NO >> GO TO 4
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
O
· Harness connectors F10, F120
· Harness for open or short between fuel injector and ECM
P
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-498, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-497
2009 G37 Sedan
FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. 3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673445
Terminals
Resistance ()
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 [at 10 - 60°C (60 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-498
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
FUEL PUMP
Description
FUEL PUMP
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673446
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
ECM Function
EC
Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Battery
Engine speed* Battery voltage*
Fuel pump relay
Fuel pump control
C
Fuel pump
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
E
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Engine running and cranking When engine is stopped Except as shown above
Condition
Component Function Check
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> EC-499, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Fuel pump operation
F
Operates for 1 second.
Operates.
G
Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Stops.
H
INFOID:0000000004673447
I
J
K
L
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
JMBIA0849ZZ
INFOID:0000000004673448
M
N
O
ECM
Ground Connector Terminal
Voltage
P
F101
22
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Revision: 2009 October
EC-499
2009 G37 Sedan
FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
IPDM E/R Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
E7
77
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 10.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Disconnect "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Check the voltage between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
B22
1
Ground
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK 15 A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 41) from IPDM E/R. 3. Check 15 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace fuse.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E5. 2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump"
harness connector.
IPDM E/R
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Continuity
E5
13
B22
1
Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: 2009 October
EC-500
2009 G37 Sedan
FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the following. · Harness connectors B9, E117 · IPDM E/R harness connector E5 · Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump"
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
2. Check the continuity between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
B22
3
Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-501, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace fuel pump.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness connector. 3. Check resistance between "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" terminals as follows.
Terminals
Resistance ()
1 and 3
0.2 - 5.0 [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump"
D
E
F
G H
I
J
INFOID:0000000004673449
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-501
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673450
When the brake pedal is depressed, ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to CCS-17, "System Description" for the ICC function.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673451
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "BRAKE SW1" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "BRAKE SW1" indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item BRAKE SW1
Condition
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed Fully released
Indication OFF ON
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
M107
126 (ICC brake switch signal)
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed
Approx. 0
128
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Fully released
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-502, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673452
1.INSPECTION START
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
Which type of transmission?
A/T >> GO TO 2. M/T >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
ICC brake switch
Connector Terminal
E114
1
Ground
Voltage
Ground Battery voltage
Revision: 2009 October
EC-502
2009 G37 Sedan
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 3) · Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
E
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake switch
ECM
F
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E114
2
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
H
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
I
· Harness connectors E106, M6
· Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM
J
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH K Refer to EC-505, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
L
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
M
2. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.
N
ICC clutch switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
E113
Slightly depressed Approx. 0
1
Ground Brake pedal
Fully released
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-503
O P
2009 G37 Sedan
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
ICC brake switch Ground
Connector Terminal
Voltage
E114
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 · 10 A fuse (No. 3) · Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ICC brake switch harness con-
nector.
ICC clutch switch
ICC brake switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E113
1
E114
2
Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-505, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
12.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT=II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC clutch switch
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E113
2
M107
126
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E106, M6 · Harness for open or short between ICC clutch switch and ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-504
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-505, "Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
A
EC
C
D
INFOID:0000000004673453
E
F
G H
I
J
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
K
1 and 2
Fully released Brake pedal
Slightly depressed
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)
L
M
INFOID:0000000004673454
1.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-I
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals
Condition
1 and 2
Fully released Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-II
Continuity Existed
Not existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-505
P 2009 G37 Sedan
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Adjust ICC clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
[VQ37VHR]
Terminals
Condition
1 and 2
Fully released Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
Continuity Existed
Not existed
Revision: 2009 October
EC-506
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IGNITION SIGNAL
Description
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673455
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns EC ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673456
C
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
D
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
E
No >> Go to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
F
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform "POWER BALANCE" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
H
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
I
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions with an
oscilloscope.
J
ECM
+
Voltage signal
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
11
12
L
15
F101
M107
128
16
19
M
20
JMBIA0035GB
NOTE:
N
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
O
NO >> Go to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
INFOID:0000000004673457
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-507
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VQ37VHR]
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Voltage
M107
125
128
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser Connector Terminal
Ground
Voltage
F8
1
Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7. 3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
IPDM E/R
Condenser
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E7
53
F8
1
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Go to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors E40, F39 · Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
F8
2
Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-508
2009 G37 Sedan
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-511, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace condenser.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D
Ignition coil
Ground Cylinder Connector Terminal
Voltage
E
1
F11
3
2
F12
3
F
3
F13
4
F14
3 Ground Battery voltage
3
5
F15
3
G
6
F16
3
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
· Harness connector F39
· Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F39
J
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
L
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal
M
1
F11
2
2
F12
2
3
F13
2
N
Ground Existed
4
F14
2
5
F15
2
O
6
F16
2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-509
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VQ37VHR]
Ignition coil
ECM
Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
F11
1
20
2
F12
1
16
3
F13
4
F14
1
12
F101
Existed
1
11
5
F15
1
15
6
F16
1
19
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-510, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. 3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.
INFOID:0000000004673458
Terminals Resistance () [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2
Except 0 or
1 and 3 2 and 3
Except 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-510
2009 G37 Sedan
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure.
4. Start engine. 5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. 7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils. 8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked. 9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0021ZZ
D E
F
Spark should be generated.
G
CAUTION:
· Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical
H
JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
· It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
I
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
Component Inspection (Condenser)
K
INFOID:0000000004673459
1.CHECK CONDENSER
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.
M
Terminals
Resistance (M)
1 and 2
Above 1 [at 25°C (77°F)]
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
O
NO >> Replace condenser.
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-511
2009 G37 Sedan
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
Description
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination meter. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. For details, refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".
Component Function Check
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Make sure that MIL illuminates. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-512, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair or replace.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673460
SEF217U INFOID:0000000004673461
INFOID:0000000004673462
Revision: 2009 October
EC-512
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
Description
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004673463
EC
C
D
E
F
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut G valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere. When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged H during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
I
· Put a "CAUTION: FLAMMABLE" sign in workshop.
· Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
· Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
J
CAUTION:
· Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".
K
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
· Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
· Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
L
· Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
· After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections.
· Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
M
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673464
1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION
N
Check whether the following symptoms are present.
· Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
O
· Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Are any symptoms present?
YES >> Go to EC-513, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673465
1.INSPECTION START
Check whether the following symptoms are present. A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-513
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Which symptom is present?
A
>> GO TO 2.
B
>> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
[VQ37VHR]
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1). · 2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6.
4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
PBIB2731E
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 9.
8.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
Revision: 2009 October
EC-514
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > · 2 : EVAP canister vent control valve Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 11.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
9.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
PBIB2731E
D
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
E
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
F
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
G
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
I
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
K
13.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
M
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube.
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
O
Check one-way valve for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank. 2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-515
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing stick it should close. Do not drop any material into the tank.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
[VQ37VHR]
Component Inspection
SEF665U INFOID:0000000004673466
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation". 3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: - Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. - Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container. - Drain fuel using "FUEL PUMP RELAY" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. 5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. - Connect vacuum pump to hose end. - Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. - Turn fuel tank upside down. - Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [-13.3 kPa (-0.136 kg/cm3, -1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2009 October
EC-516
PBIB1035E
2009 G37 Sedan
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
3.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
[VQ37VHR]
A
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation".
EC
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
C
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
D
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
E
- Turn fuel tank upside down.
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [-13.3 kPa (-0.136 kg/cm3, -1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
F
G
H
I
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
K
PBIB1035E
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-517
2009 G37 Sedan
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004673467
JMBIA0858ZZ
1. PCV valve A. Normal condition
2. Electric throttle control actuator B. Hi-load condition
3. Mass air flow sensor
: Fresh air
: Blow-by air
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.
Component Inspection
1.CHECK PCV VALVE
PBIB1588E INFOID:0000000004673468
Revision: 2009 October
EC-518
2009 G37 Sedan
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace PCV valve.
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
PBIB1589E
D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-519
2009 G37 Sedan
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673469
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
Component Function Check
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
PBIB2657E INFOID:0000000004673470
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
M107
105 (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
112
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Voltage (V) 1.0 - 4.0
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
INFOID:0000000004673471
Refrigerant pressure sensor Ground
Connector Terminal
E77
3
Ground
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2009 October
Voltage (V) Approx. 5
EC-520
2009 G37 Sedan
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. · Harness connectors M6, E106 · Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec- D
tor.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
ECM
E
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77
1
M107
112
Existed
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
H
· Harness connectors M6, E106
· Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
I
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
K
Refrigerant pressure sensor
ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77
2
M107
105
Existed
L
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
N
Check the following.
· Harness connectors M6, E106
· Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
O
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NO >> Repair or replace.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-521
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
SNOW MODE SWITCH
SNOW MODE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Description
INFOID:0000000004673472
The snow mode switch signal is sent to the "unified meter and A/C amp." from the snow mode switch. The "unified meter and A/C amp." then sends the signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. The snow mode is used for driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas. If the snow mode is activated, the vehicle speed will not accelerate as quickly as normal to avoid vehicle slip. In other words, ECM controls rapid engine torque change by controlling the electric throttle control actuator operating speed.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004673473
1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "SNOW MODE SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check "SNOW MODE SW" indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item
Condition
Indication
ON SNOW MODE SW Snow mode switch
OFF
ON OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-522, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK SNOW MODE INDICATOR FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the snow mode indicator in the snow mode switch under the following condition.
Condition
Snow mode indicator
ON Snow mode switch
OFF
ON OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-522, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004673474
1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH OVERALL FUNCTION
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (snow mode switch or snow mode indicator). Refer to EC-522, "Component Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Snow mode switch>>GO TO 2. Snow mode indicator>>GO TO 6.
2.CHECK DTC WITH "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP."
Refer to MWI-38, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to MWI-4, "Work flow".
3.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect snow mode switch harness connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between snow mode switch harness connector and ground.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-522
2009 G37 Sedan
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
SNOW MODE SWITCH
[VQ37VHR]
Snow mode switch
A
Ground
Voltage
Connector Terminal
M139
1
Ground Battery voltage
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
· Harness connectors E106, M6
D
· IPDM E/R harness connector E7
· 10 A fuse (No. 43)
· Harness for open or short between snow mode switch and fuse.
E
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect "unified meter and A/C amp." harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between snow mode switch harness connector and "unified meter and A/C amp." G
harness connector.
Snow mode switch Unified meter and A/C amp.
H
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector
Terminal
M139
4
M66
23
Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
J
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
K 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
7.CHECK SNOW MODE INDICATOR LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check the continuity between snow mode switch harness connector and ground.
Snow mode switch Connector Terminal
Ground
Continuity
M139
2
Ground
Existed
2. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH
Refer to EC-524, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace snow mode switch.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-523
N O P
2009 G37 Sedan
SNOW MODE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
[VQ37VHR]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004673475
1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect snow mode switch harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between snow mode switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
1 and 4
ON
Existed
Snow mode switch
OFF Not Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace snow mode switch.
2.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH-II
Check the continuity between snow mode switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals (Polarity) Continuity
2 (+) - 4 ()
Existed
4 (+) - 2 ()
Not Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace snow mode switch.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-524
2009 G37 Sedan
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION
ECM
Reference Value
[VQ37VHR]
A EC INFOID:0000000004476973
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
NOTE:
C
· Specification data are reference values.
· Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show D
the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIM-
ING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sen-
sor and other ignition timing related sensors.
E
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item
Condition
Values/Status
ENG SPEED
· Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication
F
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-137, "Description".
MAS A/F SE-B2
See EC-137, "Description".
G
B/FUEL SCHDL
See EC-137, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1
See EC-137, "Description".
H
A/F ALPHA-B2
See EC-137, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S A/F SEN1 (B1)
· Ignition switch: ON · Engine: After warming up
Indicates engine coolant
temperature
I
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
A/F SEN1 (B2) HO2S2 (B1)
· Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
· Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
J
are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3 V Approx. 0.6 1.0 V
K
HO2S2 (B2)
· Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
0 - 0.3 V Approx. 0.6 1.0 V
L
idle for 1 minute under no load
· Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
M
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up
LEAN RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
N
· Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) - Engine: After warming up
LEAN RICH
O
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
VHCL SPEED SE
· Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
cation.
speedometer indication
P
BATTERY VOLT
· Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
11 - 14 V
ACCEL SEN 1
· Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0.45 - 1.00 V 4.4 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*1
· Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0.45 - 1.00 V 4.3 - 4.8 V
Revision: 2009 October
EC-525
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Monitor Item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1*1 FUEL T/TMP SE INT/A TEMP SE EVAP SYS PRES FUEL LEVEL SE START SIGNAL CLSD THL POS AIR COND SIG P/N POSI SW PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW HEATER FAN SW BOOST VCUM SW BRAKE SW
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
IGN TIMING
Condition
Values/Status
· Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(Engine stopped) · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V
· Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(Engine stopped) · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V
· Ignition switch: ON
Indicates fuel tank temperature
· Ignition switch: ON
Indicates intake air temperature
· Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
· Ignition switch: ON
Depending on fuel level of fuel tank
· Ignition switch: ON START ON
OFF ON OFF
· Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
ON OFF
· Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
Air conditioner switch: OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
OFF ON
· Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
Selector lever: Except above
OFF
· Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned
engine
Steering wheel: Being turned
OFF ON
· Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or
ON
Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF
OFF
· Ignition switch: ON OFF ON
ON OFF ON
· Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON
engine
Heater fan switch: OFF
ON OFF
· This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.
· Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF ON
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,000 rpm
2.0 - 3.0 msec 1.9 - 2.9 msec
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,000 rpm
2.0 - 3.0 msec 1.9 - 2.9 msec
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,000 rpm
7° BTDC 25° - 45° BTDC
Revision: 2009 October
EC-526
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Monitor Item CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
PURG VOL C/V
INT/V TIM (B1)
INT/V TIM (B2)
INT/V SOL (B1)
INT/V SOL (B2) TP SEN 1-B2 TP SEN 2-B2*1 AIR COND RLY FUEL PUMP RLY VENT CONT/V THRTL RELAY HO2S2 HTR (B1)
Condition
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,500 rpm
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,500 rpm
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting.)
2,000 rpm
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,000 rpm
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,000 rpm
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,000 rpm
· Engine: After warming up · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
Idle 2,000 rpm
· Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(Engine stopped) · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
· Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(Engine stopped) · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
· Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
Air conditioner switch: OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)
· For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON · Engine running or cranking
· Except above
· Ignition switch: ON
· Ignition switch: ON
· Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
· Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[VQ37VHR]
Values/Status
A
5% - 35%
5% - 35%
EC
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
C
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
D
0%
--
E
-5°CA - 5°CA
F
Approx. 0°CA - 30°CA
-5°CA - 5°CA
G
Approx. 0°CA - 30°CA
H
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
I
0% - 2%
J
Approx. 0% - 50%
K
More than 0.36 V
Less than 4.75 V
L
More than 0.36 V
Less than 4.75 V
OFF
M
ON
N
ON
OFF
O
OFF ON
P
ON
OFF
Revision: 2009 October
EC-527
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Monitor Item
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
I/P PULLY SPD VEHICLE SPEED
IDL A/V LEARN
SNOW MODE SW ENG OIL TEMP TRVL AFTER MIL A/F S1 HTR (B1) A/F S1 HTR (B2) AC PRESS SEN VHCL SPEED SE MAIN SW CANCEL SW
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW BRAKE SW1 (ICC/ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) DIST SW CRUISE LAMP
BAT CUR SEN
ALT DUTY
Condition
Values/Status
· Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
ON
idle for 1 minute under no load
· Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
· Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication
· Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
cation.
the speedometer indication
· Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet.
YET
Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully.
CMPLT
· Ignition switch: ON
Snow mode switch: ON Snow mode switch: OFF
ON OFF
· Engine: After warming up
More than 70°C (158°F)
· Ignition switch: ON
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km
nated.
(0 - 40,723 miles)
· Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
4 - 100%
· Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
4 - 100%
· Engine: Idle · Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
1.0 - 4.0 V
· Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
cation.
the speedometer indication
· Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Pressed MAIN switch: Released
ON OFF
· Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Pressed CANCEL switch: Released
ON OFF
· Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released
ON OFF
· Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Pressed SET/COAST switch: Released
ON OFF
· Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON OFF
· Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
· Ignition switch: ON
DISTANCE switch: Pressed DISTANCE switch: Released
· Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the 2nd time
· Engine speed: Idle · Battery: Fully charged*2 · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
· Engine: Idle
OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF
Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
0 - 80%
Revision: 2009 October
EC-528
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Monitor Item ATOM PRES SEN
Condition · This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.
Values/Status
A
BRAKE BST PRES SE
· This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.
· Engine: After warming up
Idle
EC
Approx. 0.25 - 1.40 V
VVEL POSITION SEN-B1
· Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
· Air conditioner switch: OFF
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V
C
· No load
· Engine: After warming up
Idle
Approx. 0.25 - 1.40 V
VVEL POSITION SEN-B2
· Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
· Air conditioner switch: OFF
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V
D
· No load
· Engine: After warming up
Idle
Approx. 0 - 20 deg
E
· Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
VVEL TIM-B1
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF · No load
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0 - 90 deg
F
· Engine: After warming up
Idle
Approx. 0 - 20 deg
· Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
VVEL TIM-B2
tral (M/T) · Air conditioner switch: OFF
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0 - 90 deg
G
· No load
VVEL LEARN
· Ignition switch: OFF ON (After warming up)
VVEL learning has not been performed yet.
VVEL learning has already been performed successfully.
YET DONE
H I
VVEL SEN LEARNB1
· VVEL learning has already been performed successfully
Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V
VVEL SEN LEARNB2
· VVEL learning has already been performed successfully
Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V
J
ALT DUTY
· Engine: Idle
0 - 80%
A/F ADJ-B1
· Engine: Running
-0.330 - 0.330
K
A/F ADJ-B2
· Engine: Running
-0.330 - 0.330
FAN DUTY
· Engine: Running
0 - 100%
L
· Power generation voltage variable control: Operating
ON
ALT DUTY SIG
· Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating
OFF
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ M
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
TERMINAL LAYOUT
N
O
P
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE: Revision: 2009 October
EC-529
JMBIA0070ZZ
2009 G37 Sedan
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
· ECM is located behind the instrument assist lower panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instrument lower panel.
· Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. · Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
1
128
(W)
(B)
Description Signal name
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 1)
Input/ Output
Condition
Output
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
Value (Approx.)
2.9 - 8.8 V
0 - 14 V
JMBIA0030GB
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) · Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
2 (G)
128 Throttle control motor (B) (Open) (bank 1)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) · Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0 - 14 V
JMBIA0031GB
3 (R)
4 (BR)
5 (W)
8 (B)
128 Throttle control motor (B) power supply (bank 1)
128 Throttle control motor (B) (Close) (bank 1)
128 A/F sensor 1 heater (B) (bank 2)
-- ECM ground
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) · Accelerator pedal: In the middle of re-
leasing operation
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
JMBIA0032GB
0 - 14 V
Output
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
2.9 - 8.8 V
JMBIA0033GB
----
JMBIA0030GB
--
Revision: 2009 October
EC-530
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
11 (GR)
12 (L)
15 (V)
128
16
(B)
(G)
19 (SB)
20 (Y)
17
128
(P)
(B)
Description Signal name Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 5
Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 6
Ignition signal No. 1
Input/
Condition
Value
A
(Approx.)
Output
0 - 0.2 V
EC
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
· Idle speed
C
NOTE:
Output
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
D
JMBIA0035GB
0.1 - 0.4 V
E
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JMBIA0036GB
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 1)
Output
[Engine is running] · Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after
the following conditions are met - Engine: after warming up - Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
10 V
G H
JMBIA0037GB
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
· Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14 V)
J
· Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
K
7 - 12 V
18 (W)
128 (B)
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)
Output [Engine is running]
L
· Warm-up condition
· Engine speed: 2,000rpm
M
JMBIA0038GB
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-531
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
Value (Approx.)
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] · Idle speed · Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting
21 (GR)
128 (B)
EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid
Output
valve
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
JMBIA0039GB
[Engine is running] · Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
22 (R)
24 (P)
25 (O)
28 (BR)
29 (G)
JMBIA0040GB
128 (B)
Fuel pump relay
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] · For 1 second after turning ignition switch
ON [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON] · More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
0 - 1.5 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
128 ECM relay (B) (Self shut-off)
Output
[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] · A few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF] · More than a few seconds after turning
ignition switch OFF
0 - 1.5 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
128 (B)
Throttle control motor relay
Output
[Ignition switch: ON OFF]
0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0 V
128 (B)
VVEL actuator motor relay abort signal [VVEL control module]
Output
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
0 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
128 (B)
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2)
Output [Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
· Engine speed: 2,000rpm
7 - 12 V
JMBIA0038GB
Revision: 2009 October
EC-532
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
Value
A
(Approx.)
[Ignition switch: ON]
EC
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
More than 0.36 V
30 (Y)
40 (R)
Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 1)
Input
· Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON]
C
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Less than 4.75 V
· Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
More than 0.36 V
E
31 (R)
48 (B)
Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 2)
Input
· Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON]
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Less than 4.75 V
F
· Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
33 (SB)
34 (B)
35 (W)
36 (O)
[Engine is running]
10 V
G
· Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after
the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up - Keeping the engine speed between
H
128 (B)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 2)
Output
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped [Engine is running] · Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
JMBIA0037GB
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Less than 4.75 V
K
40 (R)
Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 1)
Input
· Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON]
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
More than 0.36 V
L
· Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Less than 4.75 V
M
48 (B)
Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 2)
Input
· Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON]
N
· Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
More than 0.36 V
· Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
O
Sensor ground
-- [Brake booster pressure -- --
--
sensor]
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-533
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
Value (Approx.)
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
4.0 - 5.0 V
37 (W)
128 (B)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input
4.0 - 5.0 V
JMBIA0041GB
[Engine is running] · Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
38 (O)
39 (P)
40 (R)
43 (G)
44 (L)
45 (LG)
46 (R)
47 (Y)
48 (B)
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
96 (P)
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
· Idle speed Input
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
· Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
· Idle speed
36 (O)
Brake booster pressure sensor
· Brake pedal: Fully released Input
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
· Idle speed
· Brake pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor ground -- [Throttle position sensor
(bank 1)]
----
48 (B)
Sensor power supply [Throttle position sensor (bank 2)]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
40 (R)
Sensor power supply [Throttle position sensor (bank 1)]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
36 (O)
Sensor power supply [Brake booster pressure sensor]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
128 (B)
Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground -- [Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)]
----
Sensor ground -- [Throttle position sensor
(bank 2)]
----
1.2 V 1.5 V 1.2 V
3.0 V -- 5 V 5 V 5 V 5 V -- --
JMBIA0042GB
Revision: 2009 October
EC-534
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
ECM
Condition
49 (GR)
128 Throttle control motor (B) (Close) (bank 2)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) · Accelerator pedal: In the middle of re-
leasing operation
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) · Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0 - 14 V 0 - 14 V
[VQ37VHR]
Value
A
(Approx.)
EC
C
D
JMBIA0033GB
E
F
50 (V)
52 (R) 53 (W) 54 (Y) 55 (LG) 57 (L)
59 (O)
128 Throttle control motor (B) (Open) (bank 2)
Output
0 - 14 V
JMBIA0031GB
G
[Ignition switch: ON]
· Engine stopped
H
· Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
· Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0032GB
I
128 Throttle control motor (B) power supply (bank 2)
128 (B)
Ignition switch
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
Input
[Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]
--
CAN communication line [VVEL control module]
Input/ output
--
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
0 V
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
K
--
--
CAN communication line [VVEL control module]
Input/ output
--
--
L
128 (B)
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
128 Camshaft position sen(B) sor (PHASE) (bank 1)
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
2.2 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
3.0 - 5.0 V
Input
3.0 - 5.0 V
M
N
O
JMBIA0045GB
P
[Engine is running] · Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0046GB
Revision: 2009 October
EC-535
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
60
128
(G)
(B)
61
128
(R)
(B)
Description
Signal name
Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1), Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, Power steering pressure sensor]
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
Input/ Output
--
Input
Condition
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Value (Approx.)
5 V
1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio.
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
3.0 - 5.0 V
63 (L)
128 Camshaft position sen(B) sor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Input
3.0 - 5.0 V
JMBIA0045GB
[Engine is running] · Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
64 (SB)
65 (LG)
66 (V)
67 (P)
68 (LG)
69 (W)
71 (Y)
72 (--) 73 (W)
Sensor power supply 128 [Camshaft position sen(B) sor (PHASE) (bank 2),
Battery current sensor]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
128 (B)
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
128 (B)
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
Input
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
128 Intake air temperature (B) sensor
Input [Engine is running]
Sensor ground
--
[Mass air flow sensor (bank 1), Intake air tem-
perature sensor]
----
128 (B)
Knock sensor (bank 2)
Input
[Engine is running] · Idle speed
128 (B)
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Input [Engine is running]
--
Sensor ground (Knock sensor)
128 (B)
Knock sensor (bank 1)
----
Input
[Engine is running] · Idle speed
5 V
JMBIA0046GB
2.2 V
1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature.
--
2.5 V*1 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.
--
2.5 V*1
Revision: 2009 October
EC-536
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
Value
A
(Approx.)
[Engine is running]
EC
· Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
76 (W)
128 (B)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
Input
met - Engine: after warming up
0 - 1.0 V
C
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
D
77 (SB)
68 Mass air flow sensor (LG) (bank 1)
78
84 Engine oil temperature
(G)
(B) sensor
Input
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
Input [Engine is running]
0.7 - 1.2 V
E
1.3 - 1.7 V
0 - 4.8 V
F
Output voltage varies with engine
oil temperature.
[Engine is running]
G
· Warm-up condition
0.7 - 1.2 V
79 (BR)
94 Mass air flow sensor (Y) (bank 2)
Input
· Idle speed [Engine is running]
H
· Warm-up condition
1.3 - 1.7 V
· Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
[Engine is running]
I
· Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
80 (O)
128 (B)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
Input
met - Engine: after warming up
0 - 1.0 V
J
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
81 (R)
Fuel injector No. 3
82 (V)
Fuel injector No. 6
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
K
(11 - 14 V)
L
NOTE:
85 (BR)
Fuel injector No. 2
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
M
86 (W)
89 (GR)
128 (B)
Fuel injector No. 5
Fuel injector No. 1
90 (O)
Fuel injector No. 4
Output
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground
84 (B)
(Heated oxygen sensor -- 2, Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor, Engine
----
oil temperature sensor)
JMBIA0047GB
BATTERY VOLTAGE
N
(11 - 14 V)
O
P
JMBIA0048GB
--
Revision: 2009 October
EC-537
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
87
96
(Y)
(P)
91
95
(SB) (G)
92 (G)
--
93
128
(P)
(B)
94 (Y)
--
95 (G)
--
96 (P)
--
97
100
(R)
(W)
98
104
(P)
(V)
99
100
(L)
(W)
100 (W)
--
Description
Signal name
Power steering pressure sensor
Battery current sensor
Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)] Power supply for ECM (Back-up) Sensor ground [Mass air flow sensor (bank 2)] Sensor ground (Battery current sensor) Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1),Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, Power steering pressure sensor]
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
Input/ Output Output
Input
Condition
[Engine is running] · Steering wheel: Being turned [Engine is running] · Steering wheel: Not being turned [Engine is running] · Battery: Fully charged*2 · Idle speed
----
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
----
----
----
Input Input
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Accelerator pedal: Fully released
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Accelerator pedal: Fully released
[Ignition switch: ON] · Engine stopped · Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
----
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.) 0.5 - 4.5 V 0.4 - 0.8 V 2.6 - 3.5 V -- BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) -- --
--
0.45 - 1.00 V 4.2 - 4.8 V 0.22 - 0.50 V 2.1 - 2.5 V 5 V --
Revision: 2009 October
EC-538
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
[Ignition switch: ON] · ICC steering switch: OFF
Value
A
(Approx.)
EC
4.3 V
[Ignition switch: ON] · MAIN switch: Pressed
0 V
C
101 (SB)
108 (Y)
ICC steering switch (models with ICC system)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] · CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] · RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
1.3 V 3.7 V
D
Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] · SET/COAST switch: Pressed
3 V
E
[Ignition switch: ON] · DISTANCE switch: Pressed
2.2 V
F
[Ignition switch: ON] · ASCD steering switch: OFF
4 V
[Ignition switch: ON] · MAIN switch: Pressed
0 V
G
101 (SB)
108 (Y)
ASCD steering switch (models with ASCD system)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] · CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
1 V
H
· RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
3 V
Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] · SET/COAST switch: Pressed
2 V
I
102 112 EVAP control system
(L)
(V) pressure sensor
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
1.8 - 4.8 V
J
103 (GR)
104 (V)
Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
5 V
K
104 (V)
Sensor ground -- (Accelerator pedal posi-
tion sensor 2)
----
--
L
[Engine is running]
105 112 Refrigerant pressure
(L)
VP) sensor
Input
· Warm-up condition · Both A/C switch and blower fan motor
1.0 - 4.0 V
switch: ON (Compressor operates)
M
106 128 Fuel tank temperature
(W)
(B) sensor
Input [Engine is running]
0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature.
N
Sensor power supply
107 (BR)
112 (EVAP control system (V) pressure sensor, Refri-
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
5 V
O
gent pressure sensor)
108 (Y)
Sensor ground -- (ASCD/ICC steering
switch)
----
--
P
109 (G)
128 (B)
PNP signal
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] · Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] · Selector lever: Except above
0 V
Revision: 2009 October
EC-539
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Terminal No. (Wire color)
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
1 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
110 (R)
128 (B)
Engine speed output signal
Output
1 V
[Engine is running] · Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
JMBIA0076GB
112 (V)
113 (P) 114 (L) 117 (V) 121 (LG)
122 (P)
123 (B) 124 (B) 125 (R)
126 (BR)
127 (B) 128 (B)
Sensor ground
--
(EVAP control system pressure sensor, Refrig-
erant pressure sensor)
----
--
CAN communication line
Input/ Output
--
--
CAN communication line
Input/ Output
--
128 (B)
Data link connector
Input/ Output
--
128 (B)
EVAP canister vent control valve
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
128 (B)
Stop lamp switch
Input
[Ignition switch: OFF] · Brake pedal: Fully released
[Ignition switch: OFF] · Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
-- ECM ground
----
128 (B)
Power supply for ECM
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
ICC brake switch (mod-
[Ignition switch: ON]
128 (B)
els with ICC system) ASCD brake switch (models with ASCD sys-
Input
· Brake pedal: Slightly depressed [Ignition switch: ON]
tem)
· Brake pedal: Fully released
-- ECM ground
----
JMBIA0077GB
--
-- -- -- BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
--
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
--
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) *1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester. **2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-540
2009 G37 Sedan
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -
Revision: 2009 October
EC-541
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476974
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0978GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-542
JCBWA0979GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-543
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0980GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-544
JCBWA0981GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-545
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0982GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-546
JCBWA0983GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-547
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0984GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-548
JCBWA0985GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-549
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0986GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-550
JCBWA0987GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-551
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0988GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-552
JCBWA0989GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-553
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0990GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-554
JCBWA0991GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-555
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0992GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-556
JCBWA0993GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-557
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0994GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-558
JCBWA0995GB
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-559
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0996GB
P
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Fail safe
NON DTC RELATED ITEM
Revision: 2009 October
EC-560
JCBWA0997GB INFOID:0000000004476975
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Detected items
Remarks
Reference A
page
Engine speed will not
Malfunction indicator When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
rise more than 2,500 rpm lamp circuit due to the fuel cut
driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system.
EC
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the EC-512
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open
C
by means of operating the fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
D
DTC RELATED ITEM
DTC No.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
E
U0113 U1003 U1024
Can communication circuit VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
F
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021
control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
G
P010C
P010D
P0117 P0118
Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. H
ture sensor circuit
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
I
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START
40°C (104°F)
Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting
80°C (176°F)
J
Except as shown above
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
K
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P0227 P0228 P1239 P2132 P2133 P2135
Throttle position sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in L
order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
M
N
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0524 Engine oil pressure
The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve O
control does not function. Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0605 ECM
(When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
P
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
P0607 ECM
VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0643 Sensor power supply
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-561
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
DTC No. P1087 P1088 P1089 P1092 P1608 P1090 P1093
P1091 P1233 P2101 P1236 P2118 P1238 P2119
P1290 P2100 P2103 P1606 P1805
P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
VVEL control function
VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
VVEL control shaft position VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
sensor
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
VVEL control shaft position VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle.
sensor
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
VVEL actuator motor
VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
Electric throttle control function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Throttle control motor
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Electric throttle control actuator
(When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
VVEL control module Brake switch
Accelerator pedal position sensor
VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition
Driving condition
When engine is idling
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
INFOID:0000000004476976
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-562
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Priority
Detected items (DTC)
A
1 · U0101 U0113 U0164 U1001 U1003 CAN communication line
· U1024 VVEL CAN communication line
· P0101 P0102 P0103 P010B P010C P010D Mass air flow sensor · P010A Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
EC
· P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
· P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
· P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P0227 P0228 P1225 P1226 P1234 P1235 P1239 P2132 P2133 P2135 Throttle position sensor C
· P0128 Thermostat function
· P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
· P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
· P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
D
· P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
· P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
· P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
· P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
E
· P0555 Brake booster pressure sensor
· P0605 P607 ECM
· P0643 Sensor power supply
· P0700 TCM
F
· P0705 Transmission range switch
· P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
· P1089 P1092 P1608 VVEL control shaft position sensor
G
· P1606 P1607 VVEL control module
· P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 Battery current sensor
· P1610 - P1615 NATS
· P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-563
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Priority
Detected items (DTC)
2 · P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater · P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater · P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve · P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 · P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2 · P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring · P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve · P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve · P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor · P0550 Power steering pressure sensor · P0603 ECM power supply · P0710 P0717 P0720 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1730 P1734 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches · P1087 P1088 VVEL system · P1090 P1093 VVEL actuator motor · P1091 VVEL actuator motor relay · P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) · P1233 P2101 Electric throttle control function · P1236 P2118 Throttle control motor · P1290 P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay · P1805 Brake switch
3 · P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control · P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function · P0300 - P0306 Misfire · P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function · P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK) · P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK) · P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system · P0524 Engine oil pressure · P100A P100B VVEL system · P1148 P1168 Closed loop control · P1211 TCS control unit · P1212 TCS communication line · P1238 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator · P1421 Cold start control · P1564 ICC steering switch / ASCD steering switch · P1568 ICC command value · P1572 ICC brake switch / ASCD brake switch · P1574 ICC vehicle speed sensor / ASCD vehicle speed sensor
DTC Index
INFOID:0000000004476977
DTC*1
CONSULT-III GST*2
ECM*3
U0101
0101*4
U0113
0113
U0164
0164*4
U1001
1001*4
U1003 U1024
1003 1024
P0000
0000
P0011 P0021
0011 0021
Revision: 2009 October
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
SRT code
Trip
×:Applicable --: Not applicable
MIL
Reference page
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
--
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
--
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
--
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
--
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
--
VVEL CAN COMM CIRCUIT
--
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
--
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
--
INT/V TIM CONT-B2
--
EC-564
1
×
1 (A/T models) × (A/T models) 2 (M/T models) -- (M/T models)
1
×
1 (with ASCD) 1 or 2 (with ICC)
--
2
--
1
×
EC-148 EC-149 EC-151 EC-152 EC-149 EC-153
--
Flashing*7
--
2
×
EC-155
2
×
EC-155
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT-III GST*2
ECM*3
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
SRT code
Trip
P0031
0031
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
--
2
P0032
0032
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
--
2
P0037
0037
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
--
2
P0038
0038
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
--
2
P0051
0051
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
--
2
P0052
0052
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
--
2
P0057
0057
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
--
2
P0058
0058
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
--
2
P0075
0075
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
--
2
P0081
0081
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2
--
2
P0101
0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
--
2
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
--
1
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
--
1
P010A
010A
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC
--
2
P010B
010B
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2
--
2
P010C
010C
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2
--
1
P010D
010D
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2
--
1
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
--
2
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
--
2
P0116
0116
ECT SEN/CIRC
--
2
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRC
--
1
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRC
--
1
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
--
1
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
--
1
P0125
0125
ECT SENSOR
--
2
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR-B1
--
2
P0128
0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
--
2
P0130
0130
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
--
2
P0131
0131
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
--
2
P0132
0132
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
--
2
P0133
0133
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
×
2
P0137
0137
HO2S2 (B1)
×
2
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
×
2
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
×
2
P0150
0150
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
--
2
P0151
0151
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
--
2
P0152
0152
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
--
2
P0153
0153
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
×
2
P0157
0157
HO2S2 (B2)
×
2
P0158
0158
HO2S2 (B2)
×
2
P0159
0159
HO2S2 (B2)
×
2
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
--
2
Revision: 2009 October
EC-565
[VQ37VHR]
MIL
Reference
A
page
×
EC-159
EC
×
EC-159
×
EC-162
×
EC-162
C
×
EC-159
×
EC-159
D
×
EC-162
×
EC-162
×
EC-165
E
×
EC-165
×
EC-168
F
×
EC-176
×
EC-176
×
EC-182
G
×
EC-168
×
EC-176
H
×
EC-176
×
EC-186
×
EC-186
I
×
EC-189
×
EC-191
×
EC-191
J
×
EC-194
×
EC-194
K
×
EC-198
×
EC-201
×
EC-203
L
×
EC-205
×
EC-209
M
×
EC-212
×
EC-215
×
EC-220
N
×
EC-226
×
EC-234
O
×
EC-205
×
EC-209
×
EC-212
P
×
EC-215
×
EC-220
×
EC-226
×
EC-234
×
EC-240
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT-III GST*2
ECM*3
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
SRT code
Trip
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
--
2
P0174
0174
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
--
2
P0175
0175
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
--
2
P0181
0181
FTT SENSOR
--
2
P0182
0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
--
2
P0183
0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
--
2
P0196
0196
EOT SENSOR
--
2
P0197
0197
EOT SEN/CIRC
--
2
P0198
0198
EOT SEN/CIRC
--
2
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
--
1
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
--
1
P0227
0227
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2
--
1
P0228
0228
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2
--
1
P0300
0300
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
--
2
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
--
2
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
--
2
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
--
2
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
--
2
P0305
0305
CYL 5 MISFIRE
--
2
P0306
0306
CYL 6 MISFIRE
--
2
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
--
2
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
--
2
P0332
0332
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2
--
2
P0333
0333
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2
--
2
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
--
2
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
--
2
P0345
0345
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2
--
2
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
×
2
P0430
0430
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
×
2
P0441
0441
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
×
2
P0442
0442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
×
2
P0443
0443
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
--
2
P0444
0444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
--
2
P0445
0445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
--
2
P0447
0447
VENT CONTROL VALVE
--
2
P0448
0448
VENT CONTROL VALVE
--
2
P0451
0451
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
--
2
P0452
0452
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
--
2
P0453
0453
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
--
2
P0455
0455
EVAP GROSS LEAK
--
2
P0456
0456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
×*6
2
P0460
0460
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
--
2
Revision: 2009 October
EC-566
[VQ37VHR]
MIL
Reference page
×
EC-244
×
EC-240
×
EC-244
×
EC-248
×
EC-251
×
EC-251
×
EC-254
×
EC-257
×
EC-257
×
EC-260
×
EC-260
×
EC-194
×
EC-194
×
EC-264
×
EC-264
×
EC-264
×
EC-264
×
EC-264
×
EC-264
×
EC-264
--
EC-270
--
EC-270
--
EC-270
--
EC-270
×
EC-273
×
EC-277
×
EC-277
×
EC-281
×
EC-281
×
EC-286
×
EC-291
×
EC-297
×
EC-297
×
EC-302
×
EC-305
×
EC-309
×
EC-313
×
EC-316
×
EC-321
×
EC-327
×
EC-333
×
EC-340
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT-III GST*2
ECM*3
P0461
0461
P0462
0462
P0463
0463
P0500
0500
P0506
0506
P0507
0507
P0524
0524
P0550
0550
P0555
0555
P0603
0603
P0605
0605
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
SRT code
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
--
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
--
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
--
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5
--
ISC SYSTEM
--
ISC SYSTEM
--
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
--
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
--
BRAKE BSTR PRES SEN/CIRC
--
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
--
ECM
--
P0607
P0607
ECM
--
P0643
0643
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
--
P0705
0705
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
--
P0710
0710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
--
P0717
0717
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
--
P0720
0720
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*5
--
P0731
0731
1GR INCORRECT RATIO
--
P0732
0732
2GR INCORRECT RATIO
--
P0733
0733
3GR INCORRECT RATIO
--
P0734
0734
4GR INCORRECT RATIO
--
P0735
0735
5GR INCORRECT RATIO
--
P0740
0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
--
P0744
0744
TORQUE CONVERTER
--
P0745
0745
PC SOLENOID A
--
P0850
0850
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
--
P100A
100A
VVEL SYSTEM-B1
--
P100B
100B
VVEL SYSTEM-B2
--
P1087
1087
VVEL SYSTEM-B1
--
P1088
1088
VVEL SYSTEM-B2
--
P1089
1089
VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B1
--
P1090
1090
VVEL ACTR MOT-B1
--
P1091
1091
VVEL ACTR MOT PWR
--
P1092
1092
VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B2
--
P1093
1093
VVEL ACTR MOT-B2
--
P1148
1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
--
P1168
1168
CLOSED LOOP-B2
--
P1211
1211
TCS C/U FUNCTN
--
P1212
1212
TCS/CIRC
--
P1217
1217
ENG OVER TEMP
--
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING-B1
--
[VQ37VHR]
Trip
MIL
Reference
A
page
2
×
EC-342
EC
2
×
EC-344
2
×
EC-344
2
×
EC-346
C
2
×
EC-348
2
×
EC-350
D
2
×
EC-352
2
--
EC-355
2
×
EC-358
E
2
×
EC-363
1 or 2
× or --
EC-365
F
1 (A/T models) × (A/T models) 2 (M/T models) -- (M/T models)
EC-367
1
×
EC-368
G
2
×
TM-176
2
×
TM-177
2
×
TM-179
H
2
×
TM-181
2
×
TM-189
I
2
×
TM-191
2
×
TM-193
2
×
TM-195
J
2
×
TM-197
2
×
TM-199
K
2
×
TM-201
2
×
TM-202
2
×
EC-371
L
2
×
EC-375
2
×
EC-375
M
1
×
EC-379
1
×
EC-379
1
×
EC-380
N
1
×
EC-384
1 or 2 1
×
EC-388
×
O
EC-380
1
×
EC-384
1
×
EC-391
P
1
×
EC-391
2
--
EC-392
2
--
EC-393
1
×
EC-394
2
--
EC-398
Revision: 2009 October
EC-567
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT-III GST*2
ECM*3
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
SRT code
Trip
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING-B1
--
2
P1233
1233
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B2
--
1
P1234
1234
CTP LEARNING-B2
--
2
P1235
1235
CTP LEARNING-B2
--
2
P1236
1236
ETC MOT-B2
--
1
P1238
1238
ETC ACTR-B2
--
1
P1239
1239
TP SENSOR-B2
--
1
P1290
1290
ETC MOT PWR-B2
--
1
P1421
1421
COLD START CONTROL
--
2
P1550
1550
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
--
2
P1551
1551
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
--
2
P1552
1552
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
--
2
P1553
1553
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
--
2
P1554
1554
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
--
2
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
--
1
P1568
1568
ICC COMMAND VALUE
--
1
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
--
1
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
--
P1606 P1607 P1608 P1610 P1611 P1612 P1614 P1615 P1730 P1734 P1805 P2100 P2101 P2103 P2118 P2119 P2122 P2123
1606
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
--
1607
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
--
1608
VVEL SENSOR POWER/CIRC
--
1610
LOCK MODE
--
1611
ID DISCARD, IMM-ECM
--
1612
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
--
1614
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
--
1615
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
--
1730
INTERLOCK
--
1734
A/T 7TH GR FNCTN
--
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
--
2100
ETC MOT PWR-B1
--
2101
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
--
2103
ETC MOT PWR
--
2118
ETC MOT-B1
--
2119
ETC ACTR-B1
--
2122
APP SEN 1/CIRC
--
2123
APP SEN 1/CIRC
--
Revision: 2009 October
EC-568
1
1 or 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
[VQ37VHR]
MIL
-- × -- -- × × × × × -- -- -- -- --
--
--
--
--
× or -- × × -- -- -- -- -- × × -- × × × × × × ×
Reference page
EC-400 EC-402 EC-398 EC-400 EC-406 EC-409 EC-411 EC-414 EC-416 EC-418 EC-421 EC-421 EC-424 EC-427 EC-431 (with ASCD) EC-434 (with ICC) EC-437 EC-438 (with ASCD) EC-445 (with ICC) EC-453 (with ASCD) EC-455 (with ICC) EC-457 EC-459 EC-461 SEC-39 SEC-40 SEC-40 SEC-43 SEC-46 TM-214 TM-216 EC-464 EC-414 EC-402 EC-414 EC-406 EC-409 EC-467 EC-467
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
DTC*1
CONSULT-III GST*2
ECM*3
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
SRT code
Trip
MIL
Reference
A
page
P2127 P2128
2127 2128
APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC
--
1
--
1
×
EC-471
EC
×
EC-471
P2132 P2133
2132 2133
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2
--
1
--
1
×
EC-260
×
EC-260
C
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR-B1
--
1
×
EC-411
P2138 P2713
2138 2713
APP SENSOR PC SOLENOID D
--
1
--
2
×
EC-475
D
×
TM-224
P2722 P2731
2722 2731
PC SOLENOID E PC SOLENOID F
--
2
--
2
×
TM-225
×
TM-226
E
P2807
2807
PC SOLENOID G
--
2
×
TM-227
P2A00 P2A03
2A00 2A03
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
--
2
--
2
×
EC-480
F
×
EC-480
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
G
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
H
*6: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*7: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to "How to Display SRT Status".
How to Set SRT Code
INFOID:0000000004476978
I
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
J
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on "SRT Item". WITHOUT CONSULT-III
K
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pat-
tern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-569
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > DRIVING PATTERN
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
PBIB3455E
· The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
Revision: 2009 October
EC-570
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
· Sea level
· Flat road
A
· Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
· Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed.
EC
Pattern 1:
· The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of -10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
[where the voltage between the ECM terminals 71 (engine coolant temperature signal) and 84 (sen- C
sor ground) is 3.0 - 4.3 V].
· The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminal 71 (engine coolant temperature signal) and 84 (sensor ground) is lower than 1.4 V)]
D
· The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) [where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 106 (fule temperature sensor signal)and ground is less than 4.1 V].
Pattern 2:
E
· When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3: · Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
F
· Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
Pattern 4:
G
· The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-
state driving.
· If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted
H
again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle
I
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
PBIB2244E
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
J
Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
K
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
Unit: km/h (MPH) L
Gear change 1st to 2nd
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]
high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]
13 (8)
24 (15)
M
2nd to 3rd
26 (16)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th 4th to 5th
40 (25) 50 (30)
64 (40)
N
72 (45)
5th to 6th
53 (33)
80 (50)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
O
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi- P tions to ensure sage operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear 1st 2nd
km/h (MPH) 63 (39) 103 (64)
Revision: 2009 October
EC-571
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Gear 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Test Value and Test Limit
ECM
km/h (MPH) 148 (92) -- -- --
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004704379
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID(OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
01H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1)
HO2S
02H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1)
03H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1)
DTC
P0131 P0131 P0130 P0130 P0133 P0133 P2A00 P2A00 P0130 P0133 P0138 P0137 P0138 P0139 P0143 P0144 P0146 P0145
Test value and Test limit
(GST display)
Unit and TID Scaling
ID
Description
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich)
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean)
89H
84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
8AH
84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
8BH
0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
8CH
83H Response gain at the limited frequency
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
80H
0CH Sensor output voltage
81H
0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
80H
0CH Sensor output voltage
81H
0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Revision: 2009 October
EC-572
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
05H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2)
HO2S
06H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2)
07H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2)
21H
Three way catalyst function (Bank1)
CATALYST
22H
Three way catalyst function (Bank2)
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
DTC
P0151
P0151
P0150
P0150
P0153
P0153 P2A03 P2A03 P0150 P0153 P0158
P0157 P0158 P0159 P0163
P0164 P0166 P0165 P0420 P0420
P2423 P2423 P0430 P0430
P2424 P2424
Test value and Test
limit
A
(GST display) Unit and
Description
TID Scaling
EC
ID
83H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
C
84H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
85H
0BH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
D
86H
0BH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
E
87H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich)
88H
04H
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean)
F
89H
84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
8AH
84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
8BH
0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
8CH 07H
83H Response gain at the limited frequency
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
H
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
I
80H
0CH Sensor output voltage
81H
0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
J
07H
0CH
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle
08H
0CH
Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle
K
80H
0CH Sensor output voltage
81H
0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
L
80H
01H O2 storage index
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index value
M
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
84H
84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
N
80H
01H O2 storage index
82H
01H
Switching time lag engine exhaust index value
O
83H
0CH
Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage
84H
84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-573
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Test value and Test limit
(GST display)
Unit and TID Scaling
ID
Description
P0400
80H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term)
P0400
81H
96H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term)
EGR SYSTEM
31H
EGR function
P0400
Low Flow Faults: Difference between
82H
96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400
83H
96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
P1402
84H
96H
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate
P0011
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis)
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1)
P0014 P0011
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis)
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis)
VVT SYSTEM
P0014 P0021
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis)
80H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis)
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P0024 P0021
81H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis)
82H
9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis)
P0024
83H
9DH
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis)
39H
EVAP control system leak (Cap Off)
P0455
80H
0CH
Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down
3BH
EVAP control system leak (Small leak)
P0442
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.04 inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM
3CH
EVAP control system leak (Very small leak)
P0456 P0456
80H
05H
Leak area index (for more than 0.02 inch)
81H
FDH
Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring
3DH Purge flow system
P0441
Difference in pressure sensor output
83H
0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close
41H
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1)
Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032
81H
0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
42H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0037
er (Bank 1)
High Input:P0038
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
O2 SEN-
43H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1)
P0043
80H
SOR
HEATER
45H
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2)
Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052
81H
0CH 0BH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
46H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0057
er (Bank 2)
High Input:P0058
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
47H
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2)
P0063
80H
0CH
Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
Revision: 2009 October
EC-574
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Test value and Test
limit
A
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
(GST display) Unit and
Description
TID Scaling
EC
ID
P0411
80H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected
C
Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492
81H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow
SECONDARY AIR
71H Secondary Air system
P2445
82H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off
D
P2448
83H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow
E
Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442
84H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
P2440
85H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open
F
P2444
86H
FUEL
81H
Fuel injection system function (Bank 1)
P0171 or P0172 P0171 or P0172
80H 81H
SYSTEM
82H
Fuel injection system function (Bank 2)
P0174 or P0175 P0174 or P0175
80H 81H
01H
Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On
G
2FH Long term fuel trim
24H The number of lambda control clamped
2FH Long term fuel trim
H
24H The number of lambda control clamped
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-575
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfires
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
DTC
P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 P0307 P0308 P0300 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 P0307 P0308 P0300 P0300 P0300
Test value and Test limit
(GST display)
Unit and TID Scaling
ID
Description
80H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the first cylinder
81H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the second cylinder
82H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the third cylinder
83H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fourth cylinder
84H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fifth cylinder
85H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the sixth cylinder
86H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the seventh cylinder
87H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the eighth cylinder
88H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the multiple cylinders
89H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the first cylinder
8AH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the second cylinder
8BH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the third cylinder
8CH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fourth cylinder
8DH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fifth cylinder
8EH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the sixth cylinder
8FH
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the seventh cylinder
90H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the eighth cylinder
91H
24H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the single cylinder
92H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the single cylinder
93H
24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the multiple cylinders
Revision: 2009 October
EC-576
2009 G37 Sedan
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
A2H No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
A3H No. 2 Cylinder Misfire
A4H No. 3 Cylinder Misfire
A5H No. 4 Cylinder Misfire MISFIRE
A6H No. 5 Cylinder Misfire
A7H No. 6 Cylinder Misfire
A8H No. 7 Cylinder Misfire
A9H No. 8 Cylinder Misfire
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
DTC
P0301 P0301 P0302 P0302 P0303 P0303 P0304 P0304 P0305 P0305 P0306 P0306 P0307 P0307 P0308 P0308
Test value and Test
limit
A
(GST display) Unit and
Description
TID Scaling
EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
0BH
24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
C
0CH 0BH 0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
E
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
0BH
24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
ing cycles
0CH 0BH 0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
H
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
0BH
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
I
ing cycles
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
J
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
0BH
24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
K
0CH 0BH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
L
24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
M
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
0BH
24H
Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
N
0CH
24H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-577
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Reference Value
TERMINAL LAYOUT
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476980
JMBIA0857ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE: · VVEL control module is located behind the IPDM E/R. For this inspection, remove hoodledge cover (RH). · Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. · Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
Terminal No.
+
-
1
14
(W)
(B)
Description
Signal name
VVEL actuator motor power supply (bank 2)
Input/ Output
Input
Condition [Ignition switch: ON]
Value (Approx.)
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
2 (L/B)
14 VVEL actuator motor (B) (High lift) (bank 2)
Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly
JMBIA0854ZZ
JMBIA0855ZZ
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
Approx.0.25 - 1.40 V
· Idle speed
3 (G)
4 VVEL control shaft posi(W) tion sensor 2 (bank 1)
Input [Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
Approx.0.25 - 4.75 V
rpm quickly
4 (W)
Sensor ground -- [VVEL control shaft posi-
tion sensor 2 (bank 1)]
----
--
Revision: 2009 October
EC-578
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Terminal No.
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
Value
A
(Approx.)
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
Approx.0.25 - 1.40 V
EC
· Idle speed
5 (R)
6 VVEL control shaft posi(B) tion sensor 2 (bank 2)
Input [Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
Approx.0.25 - 4.75 V
C
rpm quickly
6 (B)
Sensor ground -- [VVEL control shaft posi-
tion sensor 2 (bank 2)]
----
--
D
7 (SB)
6 (B)
Sensor power supply [VVEL control shaft position sensor 2 (bank 2)]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
5 V
E
8
14 Power supply for VVEL
(O)
(B) control module
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
F
9 (LG)
4 (W)
Sensor power supply [VVEL control shaft position sensor 2 (bank 1)]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
5 V
G
11 (G)
--
CAN communication line [ECM]
Input/ Output
--
--
0 - 14 V
H
[Engine is running]
· Warm-up condition
I
· Idle speed
12
14 VVEL actuator motor
(G)
(B) (High lift) (bank 1)
Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly
JMBIA0854ZZ
J
K
L
13 (W)
14 (B)
VVEL actuator motor power supply (bank 1)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON]
14 (B)
----
--
[Engine is running] · Idle speed
JMBIA0855ZZ
BATTERY VOLTAGE
M
(11 - 14 V)
--
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-579
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
0 - 14 V
15 (L/Y)
14 (B)
VVEL actuator motor (Low lift) (bank 2)
Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly
JMBIA0854ZZ
16 (R)
17 (L)
18 (G)
19 (W)
20 (BR)
21 (V)
22 (P)
23 (Y) 24 (L)
JMBIA0855ZZ
17 VVEL control shaft posi(L) tion sensor 1 (bank 1)
Input
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly
3.50 - 4.75 V 0.25 - 4.75 V
Sensor ground
-- [VVEL control shaft posi-
----
--
tion sensor 1 (bank 1)]
19 VVEL control shaft posi(W) tion sensor 1 (bank 2)
Input
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly
3.50 - 4.75 V 0.25 - 4.75 V
Sensor ground
-- [VVEL control shaft posi-
----
--
tion sensor 1 (bank 2)]
19 (W)
Sensor power supply [VVEL control shaft position sensor 1 (bank 2)]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
5 V
14 (B)
VVEL actuator motor relay abort signal
Input
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
0 V
17 (L)
Sensor power supply [VVEL position sensor 1 (bank 1)]
-- [Ignition switch: ON]
5 V
14 (B)
[Ignition switch: OFF] VVEL control motor relay Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
0 - 1.0 V
--
CAN communication line
Input/ Output
--
--
Revision: 2009 October
EC-580
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
+
-
Description Signal name
Input/ Output
Condition
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · Idle speed
[VQ37VHR]
Value
A
(Approx.)
0 - 14 V
EC
C
25 (BR)
14 (B)
VVEL control motor (Low lift) (bank 1)
Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] · Warm-up condition · When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
JMBIA0854ZZ
D
E
F
JMBIA0855ZZ
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-581
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004731658
Revision: 2009 October
EC-582
JCBWA0978GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0979GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-583
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-584
JCBWA0980GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0981GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-585
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-586
JCBWA0982GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0983GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-587
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-588
JCBWA0984GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0985GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-589
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-590
JCBWA0986GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0987GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-591
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-592
JCBWA0988GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0989GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-593
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-594
JCBWA0990GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0991GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-595
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-596
JCBWA0992GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0993GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-597
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-598
JCBWA0994GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0995GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-599
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
Revision: 2009 October
EC-600
JCBWA0996GB
2009 G37 Sedan
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C D E F G H I J K L M N O
JCBWA0997GB
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-601
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table
SYSTEM -- BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476982
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Reference page
Warranty symptom code
Fuel Fuel pump circuit
Fuel pressure regulator system
Fuel injector circuit
Evaporative emission system
Air
Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
tem
Incorrect idle speed adjustment
Electric throttle control actuator
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment Ignition circuit
Main power supply and ground circuit
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
Throttle position sensor circuit
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit Knock sensor circuit
AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
11232
22
3
2 EC-499
334444444
4
EC-614
11232
22
2
EC-496
334444444
4
EC-83
4444444 33
1111
41 1
EC-518 EC-13
112332222
2
2
EC-402, EC-409
33111
11
1
EC-13
11222
22
2
EC-507
22333
33
23
EC-145
2
1
3
3
EC-168, EC-176
EC-189, EC-191
3
12
2
22
EC-205,
EC-209,
2
EC-212,
EC-215,
EC-480
2
2
EC-194, EC-260, EC-398, EC-400, EC-411
321
EC-467, EC-471, EC-475
2
3
EC-270
Revision: 2009 October
EC-602
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM
[VQ37VHR]
A
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
EC
Reference
C
page
D
E
Warranty symptom code Engine oil temperature sensor
AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
4
1
3
EC-254,
F
EC-257
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
22 32
EC-273
G
EC-277
Vehicle speed signal circuit
23
3
3
EC-346
Power steering pressure sensor circuit ECM
2
33
22333333333
EC-355
H
EC-363, EC-365
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit
32
13223
3
EC-155
I
Manifold abslute pressure (MAP) sensor Brake booster pressure sensor
3
EC-182
3
EC-358
J
VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor
3
443
3
443
EC-457,
EC-459
EC-384
K
VVEL actuator motor relay
3
443
EC-388
VVEL actuator shaft position sensor PNP signal circuit
3
443
3
3
33
EC-380
L
3
EC-371
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
2
Electrical load signal circuit
3
3
4
3
EC-520
EC-494
M
Air conditioner circuit
223333333
3
2 HAC-4
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
4
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next page)
BRC-4
N
SYSTEM -- ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-603
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM
[VQ37VHR]
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Reference page
Warranty symptom code
AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
5
555
55
FL-12
5
FL-4
Vapor lock
5
--
Valve deposit
--
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5
555
55
5
Low octane)
--
Air
Air duct
EM-28
Air cleaner
EM-28
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor -- electric throttle control actuator)
55
5
55
5
Electric throttle control actuator
5
5
5
5
EM-28 EM-29
Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket
EM-33
Cranking Battery Generator circuit
111
1
11
PG-100
1 CHG-22, CHG-23
Starter circuit
3
1
STR-17
Signal plate
6
EM-131
PNP signal sircuit
4
TM-9, TM176
Engine
Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket
55555
55
5
4
3
EM-117
Cylinder block
Piston
4
Piston ring Connecting rod
66666
66
6
EM-131
Bearing
Crankshaft
Revision: 2009 October
EC-604
2009 G37 Sedan
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM
[VQ37VHR]
A
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
EC
Reference
C
page
D
E
Warranty symptom code
Valve mechanism
Timing chain Camshaft Intake valve timing control
Intake valve
Exhaust valve
AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
EM-65
F
EM-104
55555
55
5
EM-65
G
3
EM-117
Exhaust
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket
55555
55
H
5
EX-4, EX-6
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler
55555
55
LU-10, LU- I
5
13, LU-14
Cooling
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
LU-6
J
CO-11,
CO-11
Thermostat Water pump Water gallery
55555
5
55
45
CO-21
K
CO-20 CO-24
Cooling fan
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant
IVIS (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System -- NATS)
1
1
CO-17
L
5 CO-7
M
SEC-5
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-605
2009 G37 Sedan
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476983
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)
If the engine speed is above 1,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 1,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. However, if the engine speed is above 4,000 rpm, fuel will be cut off in a few seconds. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-34, "System Description".
TORQUE CUT CONTROL (AT HIGH ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE)
ECM receives engine oil temperature signal from engine oil temperature sensor. To avoid VVEL performance, ECM performs the engine torque cut control at high engine oil temperature. If engine oil temperature is too high, engine oil viscosity will change. As a result, engine oil pressure is decreased. This control is to control the VVEL operating angle by operating the VVEL actuator sub assembly. If this control is operated, engine performance will decrease, then maximum engine speed is reduced a little, for example. NOTE: If the engine oil temperature sensor is deteriorated, its characteristic will change. In this case, the operating temperature for engine torque cut control might be decrease. Perform Component Inspection of the engine oil temperature sensor to check for the deterioration. Refer to EC-256, "Component Inspection".
Revision: 2009 October
EC-606
2009 G37 Sedan
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
[VQ37VHR]
A
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000004703428
The Supplemental Restraint System such as "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER", used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
C
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the "SRS AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT" of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
E
· To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. · Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
F
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the "SRS AIR BAG".
· Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
H
WARNING: · When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) I with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. · When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the J battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
INFOID:0000000004476985
K
L
M
N
PIIB3706J
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service
INFOID:0000000004476986
O
WARNING: Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident. · Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, remov- P
ing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage generated parts. · Never work with wet hands. · Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. (Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.) · Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-607
2009 G37 Sedan
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTIONS
[VQ37VHR]
CAUTION: Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction. · Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connec-
tor, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.) · Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. · Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it. · Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it. · Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T
INFOID:0000000004476987
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: · Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to illuminate. · Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) · Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-90, "Description". · Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit. · Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. · Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions
INFOID:0000000004476988
· Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. · Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. · Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. · Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable.
SEF289H
· Never disassemble ECM. · If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus, engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight variation. · If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be cleaned within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values
JMBIA0057ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-608
2009 G37 Sedan
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > · When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. - 1 : ECM - C : Loosen
· When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
· Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs.
· Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc.
· Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. · Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-525, "Reference Value". · Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. · Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. · Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator. · Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. · Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS).
· After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-609
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0029ZZ
D
E
F
G
PBIB0090E
H
I
J
K
MEF040D
L
M
N
SEF217U
O
P
2009 G37 Sedan
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
· When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor.
[VQ37VHR]
· B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the figure.
· Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. · Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
· Never depress accelerator pedal when starting. · Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily. · Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF348N SEC893C SEF709Y
Revision: 2009 October
EC-610
2009 G37 Sedan
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
· When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-611
[VQ37VHR]
A EC
C
SEF708Y
D E F G H I J K L M N O P
2009 G37 Sedan
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
[VQ37VHR]
Special Service Tools
INFOID:0000000004476989
NOTE: The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name
(J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge kit
Description Checks fuel pressure
Commercial Service Tools
Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416)
LEC642
Description Locates the EVAP leak
INFOID:0000000004476990
EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382)
S-NT703
Applies positive pressure through EVAP service port
S-NT704
Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure
Socket wrench
S-NT815
Removes and installs engine coolant temperature sensor
Revision: 2009 October
S-NT705
EC-612
2009 G37 Sedan
< PREPARATION >
Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Revision: 2009 October
PREPARATION
[VQ37VHR]
AEM488
Description
A
Reconditions the exhaust system threads before
installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
EC
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
C
Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
D
E
S-NT779
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
EC-613
2009 G37 Sedan
FUEL PRESSURE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
FUEL PRESSURE
Inspection
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476991
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" in "WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2). 2. Start engine. 3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. 5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
JMBIA0021ZZ
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: · Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because V36 models do not have fuel return system. · Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit (J-44321) to check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting (A) between fuel damper (1) and injector tube.
3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connector adapter hose) (B) to the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
7. If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. If OK, Replace "fuel filter and fuel pump assembly". If NG, Repair or replace.
JMBIA0028ZZ
Revision: 2009 October
EC-614
2009 G37 Sedan
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
EVAP LEAK CHECK
Inspection
EVAP LEAK CHECK
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004476992
CAUTION: · Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump. · Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. NOTE: · Do not start engine. · Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select the "EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE" of "WORK SUPPORT" mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch "START". A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
7. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
EC C D E F G
SEF462UA
H
I
J
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
SEF200U
K
L
M
N
SEF462UA
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-615
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAP LEAK CHECK
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
5. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
[VQ37VHR]
SEF200U
Revision: 2009 October
EC-616
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAP CANISTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
EVAP CANISTER
Exploded View
[VQ37VHR]
A EC INFOID:0000000004476993
C
D
E
F
G
JMBIA0049GB
H
1. EVAP canister system pressure sen- 2. O-ring sor
3. EVAP canister
4. O-ring
5. EVAP canister vent control valve
I
Refer to GI-3, "Contents" for symbols not described on the above.
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000004476994
J
REMOVAL
1. Lift up the vehicle.
K
2. Remove EVAP canister fixing bolt.
3. Remove EVAP canister.
NOTE:
L
The EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP canister system pressure sensor can be removed without
removing the EVAP canister.
INSTALLATION
M
Install in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
Tighten EVAP canister fixing bolt to the specified torque.
N
DISASSEMBLY
1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. O
A : Lock B : Unlock
P 2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: 2009 October
EC-617
PBIB2730E
2009 G37 Sedan
EVAP CANISTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Inspection
Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004476995
PBIB2728E
Revision: 2009 October
EC-618
2009 G37 Sedan
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed
[VQ37VHR]
A EC INFOID:0000000004476996
Transmission
Condition
A/T
No load* (in P or N position)
M/T
No load* (in Neutral position)
*: Under the following conditions · A/C switch: OFF · Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) · Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Timing
Transmission
Condition
A/T
No load* (in P or N position)
M/T
No load* (in Neutral position)
*: Under the following conditions · A/C switch: OFF · Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) · Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value
Specification
C
650 ± 50 rpm 650 ± 50 rpm
D
E
INFOID:0000000004476997
F
Specification
10 ± 5° BTDC
10 ± 5° BTDC
G
H
INFOID:0000000004476998
I
Condition At idle At 2,500 rpm
Mass Air Flow Sensor
Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
J
5 35 %
5 35 %
K
INFOID:0000000004476999
Supply voltage
Battery voltage (11 14 V)
L
Output voltage at idle
0.7 1.2 V*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
2.0 6.0 g·m/sec at idle*
M
7.0 20.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
N
O
P
Revision: 2009 October
EC-619
2009 G37 Sedan
Acrobat Distiller 6.0.1 (Windows) FrameMaker 7.1